Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SECTION
EC
CONTENTS
KA24DE
INDEX FOR DTC ...................................................... 18
Alphabetical Index .................................................. 18
DTC No. Index ....................................................... 20
PRECAUTIONS ........................................................ 23
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ................................................................ 23
Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System
of Engine and A/T .................................................. 23
Engine Fuel & Emission Control System ............... 24
Precautions ............................................................ 25
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 26
PREPARATION ......................................................... 27
Special Service Tools ............................................. 27
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .................................. 29
System Diagram ..................................................... 29
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................... 30
System Chart ......................................................... 31
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System .................... 31
Distributor Ignition (DI) System .............................. 33
Air Conditioning Cut Control ................................... 34
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine
Speed) .................................................................... 34
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) ................................................ 35
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE .............................. 36
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment ............................................................. 36
Fuel Pressure Check .............................................. 46
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ............................. 48
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 49
Introduction ............................................................ 49
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 49
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................ 50
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 62
OBD System Operation Chart ................................ 63
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 68
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................... 68
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 72
EC-1
EC-2
EC-3
EC
DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 332
Description ............................................................ 332
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 332
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 333
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 333
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 334
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 336
DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ..................................................................... 338
Component Description ........................................ 338
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 338
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 338
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 338
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 339
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 340
DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR .................................................................. 344
Component Description ........................................ 344
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 344
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 344
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 345
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 346
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 347
DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE
SENSOR .................................................................. 351
Component Description ........................................ 351
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 351
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 351
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 352
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 353
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 354
DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 361
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 362
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 363
DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 372
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 372
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 373
Overall Function Check ........................................ 374
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 375
DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 383
Component Description ........................................ 383
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 383
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 383
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 384
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 385
Removal and Installation ...................................... 386
DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ....................... 387
Component Description ........................................ 387
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 387
Overall Function Check ........................................ 387
DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .......... 389
Component Description ........................................ 389
On Board Diagnostic Logic ................................... 389
EC-4
. 427
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 427
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 428
Overall Function Check ........................................ 428
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 429
Removal and Installation ...................................... 431
DTC P1146 HO2S2 ................................................. 432
Component Description ........................................ 432
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 432
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 432
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 433
Overall Function Check ........................................ 433
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 435
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 436
Removal and Installation ...................................... 438
DTC P1147 HO2S2 ................................................. 439
Component Description ........................................ 439
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 439
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 439
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 440
Overall Function Check ........................................ 440
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 442
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 443
Removal and Installation ...................................... 445
DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ................ 446
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 446
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 446
Overall Function Check ........................................ 447
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 447
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ....... 448
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 448
Overall Function Check ........................................ 448
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 449
Main 11 Causes of Overheating ........................... 450
DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) ......................... 452
Component Description ........................................ 452
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 452
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 452
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 453
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 454
DTC P1400 EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE .................. 457
Component Description ........................................ 457
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 457
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 457
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 457
Overall Function Check ........................................ 458
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 459
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 460
DTC P1402 EGR FUNCTION ................................. 463
Description ........................................................... 463
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
. 464
On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 465
DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 465
Wiring Diagram .................................................... 467
Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 468
EC-5
EC
VG33E
INDEX FOR DTC ..................................................... 590
Alphabetical Index ................................................. 590
DTC No. Index ...................................................... 593
PRECAUTIONS ....................................................... 596
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ............................................................... 596
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T ........................................................................ 596
Precautions ........................................................... 597
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ............... 600
PREPARATION ....................................................... 601
Special Service Tools ............................................ 601
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 602
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 603
System Diagram ................................................... 603
Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 604
System Chart ........................................................ 605
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 605
EC-6
EC-7
EC
EC-8
EC-9
EC
EC-10
1084
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1084
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1084
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1086
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1087
DTC P1448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ....................................................................1090
Component Description .......................................1090
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1090
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1090
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1090
Overall Function Check .......................................1092
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1093
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1094
DTC P1456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ...............1098
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1098
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1099
Overall Function Check .......................................1100
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1100
DTC P1464 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .....................1108
Component Description .......................................1108
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1108
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1108
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1109
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1110
Removal and Installation .....................................1110
DTC P1490 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1111
Description ..........................................................1111
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1111
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1111
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1111
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1113
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1114
DTC P1491 VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE1117
Description ..........................................................1117
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1117
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1118
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1118
Overall Function Check .......................................1119
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1120
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1121
DTC P1605 A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION
LINE .......................................................................1129
Component Description .......................................1129
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1129
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1129
Wiring Diagram ...................................................1130
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1133
DTC P1706 PNP SWITCH .....................................1135
Component Description .......................................1135
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1135
On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1135
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1135
Overall Function Check .......................................1136
EC-11
EC
VG33ER
INDEX FOR DTC ....................................................1194
Alphabetical Index ...............................................1194
DTC No. Index .....................................................1196
PRECAUTIONS ......................................................1200
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ..............................................................1200
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and
A/T .......................................................................1200
Precautions ..........................................................1201
Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis .............1204
PREPARATION ......................................................1205
Special Service Tools ..........................................1205
Commercial Service Tools ...................................1206
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...............................1207
System Diagram ..................................................1207
Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1208
System Chart .......................................................1209
Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1209
Distributor Ignition (DI) System ............................1211
Air Conditioner Cut Control ..................................1212
Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Load)1212
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ............................1214
Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment ...........................................................1214
Fast Idle Cam (FIC) Inspection and Adjustment ..1225
Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1227
Fuel Pressure Regulator Check ..........................1228
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .........1229
Introduction ..........................................................1229
Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1229
Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1230
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1243
OBD System Operation Chart .............................1243
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .........................................1249
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1249
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1254
Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1255
Basic Inspection ..................................................1255
Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1268
Engine Control Component Parts Location .........1272
Circuit Diagram ....................................................1275
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1276
ECM Terminals and Reference Value ..................1276
CONSULT-II Function ..........................................1284
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1294
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1296
Major Sensor Reference Graph in Data Monitor
Mode ....................................................................1298
EC-12
EC-13
EC
EC-14
1610
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1610
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1611
Overall Function Check .......................................1611
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1612
Removal and Installation .....................................1616
DTC P1146, P1166 HO2S2 ....................................1617
Component Description .......................................1617
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1617
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1617
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1617
Overall Function Check .......................................1619
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1620
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1623
Removal and Installation .....................................1627
DTC P1147, P1167 HO2S2 ....................................1628
Component Description .......................................1628
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1628
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1628
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1628
Overall Function Check .......................................1630
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1631
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1634
Removal and Installation .....................................1638
DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ...1639
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1639
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1639
Overall Function Check .......................................1639
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1640
DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
(OVERHEAT) .........................................................1641
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1641
Overall Function Check .......................................1641
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1642
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1643
DTC P1336 CKP SENSOR (OBD) .........................1645
Component Description .......................................1645
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1645
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1645
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1646
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1647
DTC P1442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................1650
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1650
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1651
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1651
DTC P1444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ..............................1652
Description ...........................................................1652
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
1652
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1653
DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1653
Wiring Diagram ....................................................1654
Diagnostic Procedure ..........................................1656
DTC P1446 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ....................................................................1661
Component Description .......................................1661
EC-15
EC
EC-16
EC
EC-17
PFP:00024
UBS00D0N
DTC*1 *2
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
EC-73
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
EC-269
P1336
EC-452
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
EC-446
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
P0510
EC-413
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
EC-275
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
EC-258
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
EC-258
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
EC-258
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
EC-258
ECM
P0605
EC-420
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
EC-157
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
EC-157
ECT SENSOR
P0125
EC-177
EGR SYSTEM
P0400
EC-282
EGR SYSTEM
P1402
EC-463
P0405
EC-299
P0406
EC-299
EGRC-BPT VALVE
P0402
EC-293
EGRC SOLENOID/V
P1400
EC-457
P0217
EC-253
P1217
EC-448
P0455
EC-361
P0441
EC-311
P0442
EC-320
P1442
EC-472
P0452
EC-344
P0453
EC-351
P0456
EC-372
P1456
EC-493
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
EC-249
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
EC-249
FTT SENSOR
P0181
EC-244
P0460
EC-383
P1464
EC-504
P0461
EC-387
P0462
EC-389
P0463
EC-389
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
EC-231
EC-18
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
EC-238
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
EC-191
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
EC-198
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
EC-208
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
EC-422
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
EC-427
P0031
EC-128
P0032
EC-128
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
EC-215
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
EC-222
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
EC-432
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
EC-439
P0037
EC-133
P0038
EC-133
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
EC-152
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
EC-152
IAT SENSOR
P0127
EC-183
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0505
EC-398
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
EC-403
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
EC-408
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
EC-265
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
EC-265
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
EC-139
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
EC-146
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
EC-146
P0300
EC-258
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
P1706
EC-523
P0444
EC-332
P0445
EC-332
P1444
EC-474
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
EC-189
P1775*3
EC-530, AT-41
P1776*3
EC-534
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
EC-162
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0122
EC-171
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0123
EC-171
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
EC-306
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
EC-513
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
EC-507
P0500
EC-393
EC-19
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
P0447
EC-338
P1446
EC-483
P1448
EC-487
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
UBS00D0O
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
EC-73
P0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031
EC-128
P0032
EC-128
P0037
EC-133
P0038
EC-133
P0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-139
P0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-146
P0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-146
P0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-152
P0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-152
P0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-157
P0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-157
P0121
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-162
P0122
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-171
P0123
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-171
P0125
ECT SENSOR
EC-177
P0127
IAT SENSOR
EC-183
P0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
EC-189
P0132
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-191
P0133
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-198
P0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-208
P0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-215
P0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-222
P0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-231
P0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-238
P0181
FTT SENSOR
EC-244
P0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-249
P0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-249
P0217
EC-253
P0300
EC-258
CONSULT-II
GST
EC-20
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
P0301
CYL1 MISFIRE
EC-258
P0302
CYL2 MISFIRE
EC-258
P0303
CYL3 MISFIRE
EC-258
P0304
CYL4 MISFIRE
EC-258
P0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-265
P0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-265
P0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-269
P0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-275
P0400
EGR SYSTEM
EC-282
P0402
EGRC-BPT VALVE
EC-293
P0405
EC-299
P0406
EC-299
P0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-306
P0441
EC-311
P0442
EC-320
P0444
EC-332
P0445
EC-332
P0447
EC-338
P0452
EC-344
P0453
EC-351
P0455
EC-361
P0456
EC-372
P0460
EC-383
P0461
EC-387
P0462
EC-389
P0463
EC-389
P0500
EC-393
P0505
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
EC-398
P0506
ISC SYSTEM
EC-403
P0507
ISC SYSTEM
EC-408
P0510
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
EC-413
P0605
ECM
EC-420
P1143
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-422
P1144
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-427
P1146
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-432
P1147
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-439
P1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
EC-446
P1217
EC-448
P1336
EC-452
P1400
EGRC SOLENOID/V
EC-457
P1402
EGR SYSTEM
EC-463
P1442
EC-463
EC-21
EC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL lighting
up
Reference page
P1444
EC-474
P1446
EC-483
P1448
EC-487
P1456
EC-493
P1464
EC-504
P1490
VC/V BYPASS/V
EC-507
P1491
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
EC-513
P1706
EC-523
P1775*3
EC-530, AT-41
P1776*3
EC-534
EC-22
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
PRECAUTIONS
PFP:00001
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
UBS00EMB
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along EC
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system may include seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. If
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the C
front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and
whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is
included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
D
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the E
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the passenger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected F
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated
by the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled
and will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle
arrived for service.
UBS00D0Q
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector.
For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM
before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-23
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
UBS00D0R
LEC027A
EC-24
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
Precautions
UBS00D0S
Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative
battery terminal. Failure to do so may damage the ECM
because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition
switch is turned OFF.
EC
D
SEF289H
SEF308Q
K
SEF291H
MEF040D
EC-25
PRECAUTIONS
[KA24DE]
SEF217U
SEF348N
EC-26
UBS00D0T
PREPARATION
[KA24DE]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
UBS00D0U
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
KV10117100
(J-36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
EC
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
D
NT379
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
NT636
(J-45178)
TPS test connector
G
Used to test the throttle position sensor
LEC120A
EG17650301
(J-33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
S-NT564
UBS00D0V
Tool name
Description
NT653
Leak detector
i.e.: (J-41416)
NT703
EC-27
PREPARATION
[KA24DE]
Tool name
Description
NT704
Socket wrench
NT705
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.: (Permatex 133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
AEM489
EC-28
PFP:23710
A
UBS00D0W
EC
PBIB1401E
EC-29
UBS00D0X
WEC551
EC-30
System Chart
UBS00D0Y
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Ignition switch
EGR control
EGRC-solenoid valve
Knock sensor
EGR temperature sensor*1
Battery voltage
EC
UBS00D0Z
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position
Gear position
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*3: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
Sensor
ECM Function
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
Actuator
Vehicle speed
M
Fuel injector
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from both the camshaft position sensor and the mass air flow
sensor.
EC-31
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
SEF336WB
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-198 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-32
G
SEF337W
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
UBS00D10
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
EC-33
ECM Function
Actuator
Ignition timing
control
Power transistor
At starting
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions.
If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The
ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
UBS00D11
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Vehicle speed
ECM Function
Air conditioner
cut control
Actuator
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off.
When operating power steering and air conditioner during low engine speed or when fully releasing accelerator pedal.
UBS00D12
Vehicle speed
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
EC-34
ECM Function
Actuator
Fuel injector
UBS00D13
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
D
SEF500V
EC-35
PFP:00018
UBS00D14
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-36
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumination, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-37
1. INSPECTION START
1.
Electrical connectors
EC-38
With CONSULT-II
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
2. Rev engine two or three times under no-load, then run engine at
idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Select IGNITION TIMING ADJ in WORK SUPPORT mode.
EC
E
SEF978U
4.
5.
Touch START.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed.
PEF546N
6.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
L
SEF320V
EC-39
SEF978U
3.
4.
SEF265S
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF320V
EC-40
With CONSULT-II
1. Adjust ignition timing to the specified value by turning distributor after loosening bolts which secure distribEC
utor.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Adjust ignition timing to the specified value by turning distributor after loosening bolts which secure distributor.
2. Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness connector to throttle position sensor.
With CONSULT-II
>> GO TO 2.
Without CONSULT-II >> GO TO 3.
F
SEF265S
With CONSULT-II
Read idle speed in IGNITION TIMING ADJ in WORK SUPPORT mode.
M/T
A/T
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check idle speed.
M/T
A/T
K
SEF713Z
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)
>> GO TO 7.
OK (Without CONSULT-II) >> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
1.
2.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load, then run engine at idle speed.
Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
M/T
A/T
With CONSULT-II
>> GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-II >> GO TO 8.
SEF240SA
EC-41
SEF602K
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
SEF058Y
Without CONSULT-II
Stop engine and connect throttle position sensor harness connector.
Start engine.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed.
Check target idle speed.
M/T
A/T
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> GO TO 9.
SEF265S
EC-42
With CONSULT-II
1. See HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
2. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
3. Maintain engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature) and check that the monitor
fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
EC
1.
SEF820Y
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 11.
I
AEC873A
EC-43
PEF546N
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness
connector.
2. Start engine.
>> GO TO 6.
SEF265S
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Start engine warm it up until engine control temperature indicator points the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
Select ENG COOLANT TEMP in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Set COOLANT TEMP to 5C (41F) by touching Qu and Qd
and UP, DOWN.
Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000rpm) two or three times
under no load, then run engine at idle speed.
Check CO%.
Idle CO
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
SEF172Y
EC-44
Without CONSULT-II
Reconnect ECM harness connector and heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect a resistor (4.4 k) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times
under no load, then run engine at idle speed.
Check CO%.
Idle CO:
EC
8.
F
SEF053RA
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
Restart engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle gauge.
See HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
Maintain engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature.). Check that the monitor
fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
Without CONSULT-II
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1.
Restart engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under
no-load.
Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.
Make sure that voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
M
SEF820Y
AEC873A
EC-45
Stop engine.
Connect heated oxygen sensor 1 harness connector.
Check the following:
Check fuel pressure regulator and repair or replace if necessary. Refer to EC-48 .
Check mass air flow sensor and its circuit and repair or replace if necessary.
Refer to EC-139 , EC-146 .
Check injector and its circuit and repair or replace if necessary.
Refer to EC-545 .
Check engine coolant temperature sensor and its circuit and repair or replace if necessary.
Refer to EC-157 , EC-177 .
Check ECM function by substituting another known-good ECM.
(ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.)
>> GO TO 12.
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumination, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part
has been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
UBS00D15
LEC104A
4.
PEF823K
EC-46
EC
SEF164X
Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. Fuel pressure gauge may indicate
false readings.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Disconnect fuel hose between fuel filter and fuel tube (engine side).
3. Install pressure gauge between fuel filter and fuel tube.
K
AEC064B
4.
5.
EC-47
SEF318V
UBS00D16
1.
EC-48
PFP:00028
A
UBS00D17
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
EC
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
Freeze Frame
data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
GST
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-73 .)
UBS00D18
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
2nd trip
: Not applicable
Blinking
Lighting
up
Blinking
Lighting
up
Except above
*: Except ECM
EC-49
1st trip
displaying
Items
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
UBS00D19
: Not applicable
CONSULT-II
GST
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
P0031
*4
EC-128
P0032
*4
EC-128
P0037
*4
EC-133
P0038
*4
EC-133
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
EC-139
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
EC-146
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
EC-146
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
EC-152
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
EC-152
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
EC-157
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
EC-157
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
EC-162
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0122
EC-171
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0123
EC-171
ECT SENSOR
P0125
EC-177
IAT SENSOR
P0127
EC-183
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
EC-189
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
EC-191
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
*4
EC-198
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
EC-208
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
EC-215
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
*4
EC-222
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
EC-231
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
EC-238
FTT SENSOR
P0181
EC-244
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
EC-249
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
EC-249
P0217
EC-253
P0300
EC-258
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
EC-258
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
EC-258
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
EC-258
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
EC-258
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
EC-265
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
EC-265
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
EC-269
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
EC-275
EGR SYSTEM
P0400
*4
EC-282
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC-50
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
EGRC-BPT VALVE
P0402
*4
EC-293
P0405
EC-299
P0406
EC-299
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
*4
EC-306
P0441
*4
EC-311
P0442
*4
EC-320
P0444
EC-332
P0445
EC-332
P0447
EC-338
P0452
EC-344
P0453
EC-351
P0455
EC-361
P0456
*3
*4
EC-372
P0460
EC-383
P0461
EC-387
P0462
EC-389
P0463
EC-389
P0500
EC-393
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0505
EC-398
ISC SYSTEM
P0506
EC-403
ISC SYSTEM
P0507
EC-408
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
P0510
EC-413
ECM
P0605
EC-420
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
*4
EC-422
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
*4
EC-427
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
*4
EC-432
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
*4
EC-439
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
EC-446
P1217
EC-448
P1336
EC-452
EGRC SOLENOID/V
P1400
EC-457
EGR SYSTEM
P1402
*4
EC-463
P1442
*4
EC-472
P1444
EC-474
P1446
EC-483
P1448
EC-487
P1456
*3
*4
EC-493
P1464
EC-504
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
EC-507
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
EC-513
P1706
EC-523
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC-51
EC
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
P1775*5
EC-530, AT-41
P1776*5
EC-534
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST does not indicate whether the malfunction
is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-II can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was
driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
EC-52
EC
C
PBIB0911E
Items
Freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
EC-53
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance
Priority *
Corresponding DTC
No.
CATALYST
P0420
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
P0442,P1442
P0456, P1456
P0441
P0133
P1143
P1144
P0139
P1147
P1146
P0031, P0032
P0037, P0038
EGR function
P0400
P0402
EGR function
P1402
HO2S
HO2S HTR
EGR SYSTEM
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
EC-54
EC
Example
Self-diagnosis result
Case 1
All OK
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Diagnosis
ON
OFF
Ignition cycle
ON OFF ON
OFF
ON
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
OK (2)
(2)
P0402
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
P0402
(0)
(0)
OK (1)
(1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK
OK
P0402
NG
NG
NG
(Consecutive
NG)
P1402
(1st trip)
DTC
DTC
(= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF ON OFF), the SRT
will indicate CMPLT.
Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result.
Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate COMPLT.
Case 3 above
The previous table shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) because of the
following reasons;
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnostic results.
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
EC-55
SEF170Z
*1 EC-52
*2
EC-56
*3
EC-57
EC-56
With GST
Selecting Mode 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
EC
C
SEF713Y
EC-57
PBIB1400E
EC-58
Sea level
C
Flat road
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
The engine is started at the tank fuel temperature of warmer than 0C (32F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 60 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
H
Pattern 3:
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
J
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
K
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
L
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
SEF414S
km/h (MPH)
21 (13)
21 (13)
24 (15)
EC-59
37 (23)
297(16)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
53 (33)
43 (27)
64 (40)
4th to 5th
63 (39)
58 (36)
72 (45)
km/h (MPH)
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st
50 (30)
2nd
95 (60)
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
Item
CATALYST
Test value
(GST display)
Test limit
Conversion
01H
Max.
1/128
02H
81H
Min.
P0442
05H
03H
Max.
1/128 mm2
P1442
05H
03H
Max.
1/128 mm2
P0441
06H
83H
Min.
20 mV
P0456
07H
03H
Max.
1/128 mm2
P1456
07H
03H
Max.
1/128 mm2
P0133
09H
04H
Max.
16 ms
P1143
0AH
84H
Min.
10 mV
P1144
0BH
04H
Max.
10 mV
P0132
0CH
04H
Max.
10 mV
P0134
0DH
04H
Max.
1s
P0139
19H
86H
Min.
10 mV/500 ms
P1147
1AH
86H
Min.
10 mV
DTC
TID
CID
P0420
01H
P0420
HO2S
P1146
1BH
06H
Max.
10 mV
P0138
1CH
06H
Max.
10 mV
P0032
29H
08H
Max.
20 mV
P0031
2AH
88H
Min.
20 mV
P0038
2DH
0AH
Max.
20 mV
P0037
2EH
8AH
Min.
20 mV
EC-60
EGR function
EGR SYSTEM
DTC
Test value
(GST display)
Test limit
Conversion
TID
CID
P0400
31H
8CH
Min.
1C
P0400
32H
8CH
Min.
1C
P0400
33H
8CH
Min.
1C
P0400
34H
8CH
Min.
1C
P1402
35H
0CH
Max.
1C
P0402
36H
0CH
Max.
1 count
P0402
37H
8CH
Min.
1 count
EC
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
Turn CONSULT-II ON and touch ENGINE.
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
LEC030A
The emission-related diagnostic information can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELF-DIAG
RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
The emission-related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Mode 4 with GST
(Generic Scan Tool).
EC-61
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
1. Diagnostic trouble codes
2. 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
3. Freeze frame data
4. 1st trip freeze frame data
5. System readiness test (SRT) codes
6. Test values
7. Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
UBS00D1A
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-25, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-569, "DATA LINK CONNECTOR" .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
SEF217U
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Engine stopped
Engine running
EC-62
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
EC
UBS00D1B
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-49, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear)
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-65 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-67 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-63
SEF392S
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
without the same malfunction.
stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EC-64
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
EC
Driving Pattern C
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
1. The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) (10.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or
equal to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1).
The C counter will be counted up when (1) is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-65
SEF393SD
EC-66
EC
G
AEC574
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
Driving Pattern B
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-67
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
UBS00D1C
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no incidents such as vacuum
leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other incidents with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-69 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
EC-68
SEF234G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
EC
SEF510ZG
EC-69
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Description for Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-71, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the freeze frame data. (Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip) freeze frame data can be used
when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-84 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II
to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG)
mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection. (Refer to EC-74 .) If CONSULT-II is available, perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SPECIFICATION VALUE, EC-116 . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-84 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-91, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value" , EC-112, "CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode" .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection
inGI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM.
(Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .)
EC-70
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trouble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on EC-71, "Worksheet
Sample" in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
SEF907L
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-71
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
UBS00D1D
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
1
P0327, P0328 KS
P0500 VSS
P0605 ECM
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC-72
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Fail-safe Chart
UBS00D1E
The ECM enters fail-safe mode if any of the following malfunctions is detected due to the open or short circuit.
When the ECM enters the fail-safe mode, the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
CONSULT-II
GST
Detected items
P0102
P0103
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0112
P0113
The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25C (77F).
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch to ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
Just as ignition switch is turned to
ON or START
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
speed. Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition
Normal
When accelerating
ECM
Poor acceleration
EC
Driving condition
Unable to
access ECM
Fuel injection
Ignition timing
Fuel pump
IACV-AAC valve
EC-73
Full open
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Basic Inspection
UBS00D1F
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF810K
5.
LEC104A
EC-74
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
Warm up engine to 75C (167F).
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
EC
SEF013Y
5.
I
BBIA0428E
With GST
1. Adjust accelerator wire. Refer to ACC-2, "Adjusting Accelerator Wire" .
2. Warm up engine to 75C (167F).
3. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select MODE 1 with GST.
5. When the engine coolant temp is 75 to 85C (167 to 185F),
confirm the clearance is less than 0.05 mm (0.0020 in), between
stopper and throttle drum as shown in the figure.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> 1. Replace throttle body assembly. Refer to EM-13,
"OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
2. GO TO 12.
BBIA0428E
EC-75
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
PEF546N
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 6.
SEF320V
EC-76
SEF714Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
7. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION (CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR IDLE POSITION)
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always check ignition timing and base idle speed before performing the following.
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 3.
3. Stop engine.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
6. Select CLSD THL/P SW from the menu.
7. Read CLSD THL/P SW signal under the following conditions.
EC
G
SEF197Y
Insert a 0.1 mm (0.004 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle
drum as shown in the figure and check the signal.
CLSD THL/P SW signal should remain ON while inserting 0.1 mm (0.004 in) feeler gauge.
CLSD THL/P SW signal should remain OFF while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
BBIA0428E
EC-77
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
BBIA0428E
9.
SEF197Y
AEC872A
EC-78
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
EC
E
AEC872A
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select ENG SPEED in DATA MONITOR mode.
3. Check idle speed.
L
SEF174Y
EC-79
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Without CONSULT-II
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness
connector.
Start engine.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload and then run engine at idle speed.
SEF265S
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-36, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio
Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 13.
SEF320V
EC-80
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
14. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH IDLE POSITION (CHECK THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR IDLE POSITION)
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always check ignition timing and base idle speed before performing the following.
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 4.
3. Stop engine.
4. Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
5. Connect the tester probe to closed throttle position switch terminals 5 and 6.
6. Check harness continuity under the following conditions.
EC
G
SEF862V
Insert the 0.1 mm (0.004 in) and 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle
drum as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.1 mm (0.004 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012
in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
K
BBIA0428E
EC-81
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
BBIA0428E
8.
AEC872A
EC-82
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
EC
E
AEC872A
18. REINSTALLATION
H
Without CONSULT-II
1. Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
2. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connector.
3. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no-load and then run engine at idle speed.
>> GO TO 19.
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor
idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Start engine.
2. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
3. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch OFF.)
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for 20 times.
>> GO TO 20.
SEF864V
EC-83
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
UBS00D1G
Air
Fuel
AE
AD
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
ENGINE STALL
AA
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
Reference
page
EC-554
EC-48
Injector circuit
EC-545
EC-570
EC-74
EC-398,
EC-403
, EC408
EC-84
EC-586
EC-564
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC-74
EC-538
EC-457
EC-282,
EC-293
, EC463
AJ
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
AH
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
AG
ENGINE STALL
AF
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
Ignition circuit
EGR
Reference
page
EGR system
EC
EC-275
EC-139,
EC-146
EC-191,
EC-198
, EC208 ,
EC-422
, EC427
2
3
MTC-22
EC-157,
EC-177
EC-162,
EC-171
EC-38
EC-393
EC-265
EC-73,
EC-420
2
2
EC-550
EC-121
ECM
EC-85
EC-523
EC-560
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
Fuel
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
FL-3
Vapor lock
Reference
page
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane)
Air
Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor throttle body)
Throttle body, Throttle wire
5
5
5
5
ACC-2
Battery
Alternator circuit
SC-4
SC-26
Starter circuit
SC-9
Flywheel/Drive plate
EM-48
PNP switch
EC-86
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
AE
AD
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
AA
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
Cylinder head
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Engine
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC
Reference
page
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
4
6
EM-32,
EM-48
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
Camshaft
Intake valve
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
Exhaust valve
Exhaust
EM-19,
EM-32
EX-3
MA-20,
LU-8
Cooling
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
Thermostat
Water pump
5
5
CO-7
4
Water gallery
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant
CO-8
EC-87
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
UBS00D1H
BBIA0433E
EC-88
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
EC
F
PBIB1175E
PBIB1470E
EC-89
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Circuit Diagram
UBS00D1I
BBWA0434E
EC-90
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
UBS00D1J
EC
SEF533P
UBS00D1K
PREPARATION
1.
H
LEC106A
2.
AEC913
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
EC-91
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF186T
PU/W
Ignition signal
0.2 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF187T
12 - 14V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF188T
Ignition check
12 - 13V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF189T
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
0 - 1V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF190T
P/L
Tachometer
0.5 - 2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF191T
EC-92
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
LG/R
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
EC
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
R/Y
Idle speed
SEF109V
12 - 13V
G
[Engine is running]
H
SEF110V
10
B/R
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
I
Engine ground
11
W/R
J
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
12
[Engine is running]
18
R/W
Malfunction indicator
lamp
B/R
ECM ground
20
L/OR
Start signal
M
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
19
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine ground
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-93
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
21
G/R
[Engine is running]
L/B
Park/neutral position
(PNP) switch
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
23
24
W/G
Ignition switch
25
B/Y
ECM ground
Warm-up condition
Engine stopped
BR/W
Throttle position
switch
(Closed position)
3.5 - 4.5V
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
28
0.2 - 0.8V
Warm-up condition
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
1 - 4V
[Engine is running]
29
G/B
32
B/Y
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
39
GY/R
[Engine is running]
42
BR
43
B/W
Sensor ground
Idle speed
EC-94
Engine ground
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
Approximately 0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
44
48
PU
PU
Camshaft position
sensor
(Reference signal)
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
0.2 - 0.5V
EC
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
C
SEF114V
D
0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
F
SEF200T
46
OR/B
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
Approximately 0V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
I
SEF112V
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
[Engine is running]
49
LG
Camshaft position
sensor
(Position signal)
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF195T
SEF196T
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
EC-95
Approximately 2.6V
[Engine is running]
50
0 - Approximately 1.0V
(Periodically change)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
0.9 - 1.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.9 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
59
LG/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with engine
coolant temperature
60
Y/B
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel temperature
61
PU/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake air
temperature
62
1.8 - 4.8V
[Engine is running]
63
64
G/OR
EGR temperature
sensor
Knock sensor
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
66
67
B/P
72
B/P
69
LG/R
80
SB
Power supply
(Back-up)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-96
0 - 1.5V
Approximately 2.4V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 2V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
10.5 - 11.5V
EC
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
C
SEF645U
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
D
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
F
SEF646U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
102
104
109
111
W/B
W/R
W/L
W/PU
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 4
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
SEF204T
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
K
SEF205T
[Engine is running]
103
108
G/W
R/G
EGRC-solenoid valve
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Warm-up condition
116
L/Y
B/R
Torque converter
clutch solenoid valve
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
115*
L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-97
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TERMINAL
NO.
117
WIRE
COLOR
B/P
ITEM
Current return
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
119
BR/Y
[Engine is running]
120
P/B
[Engine is running]
122
R/B
Engine speed is below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Approximately 0.4V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
124
B/R
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*: For the A/T models.
EC-98
Engine ground
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
CONSULT-II Function
UBS00D1L
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly. *
Data monitor
Input/Output of the specification for the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F, feedback control valve and the
other data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Test values
Others
EC
EC-99
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
Item
INPUT
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
Knock sensor
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
Battery voltage
EC-100
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
IACV-AAC valve
Injectors
Power transistor (Ignition timing)
SRT
STATUS
EC
EGRC-solenoid valve
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-52 .
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
LEC104A
4.
MBIB0233E
EC-101
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
5.
Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF995X
6.
SEF824Y
CONDITION
USAGE
SELF-LEARNING CONT
EC-102
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
WORK ITEM
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CONDITION
USAGE
IGN SW ON
EC
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY,
EVEN WHEN USING A CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
IDLE CONDITION
Description
Engine Control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to
EC-18, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
FUEL SYS-B1
COOLANT TEMP
[C] or [F]
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule.
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
ENGINE SPEED
[rpm]
VEHICLE SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
EC-103
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Freeze frame data
item*
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
EC-104
Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
FUEL T/TMP SE
[C] or [F]
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
CLSD THL/P SW
[ON/OFF]
Description
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
IGN TIMING
[BTDC]
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
IACV-AAC/V [%]
EC-105
Remarks
EC
After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to
the input signals.
ON: Open
OFF: Closed
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
EGRC SOL/V
[ON/OFF]
(FLOW/CUT)
TCC SOL/V
VC/V BYPASS/V
[ON/OFF]
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
Frequency
[msec] or [Hz] or [%]
Remarks
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-106
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Item
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
Remarks
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
IGNITION TIMING
IACV-AAC/V
OPENING
POWER BALANCE
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
H
CONDITION
FUEL INJECTION
EC
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Fuel injector
J
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
IACV-AAC valve
Compression
Fuel injector
EC-107
Power transistor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
Fuel injector
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
TEST ITEM
EGRC SOLENOID VALVE
PURG VOL
CONT/V
FUEL T/TEMP
SEN
VENT CONTROL/V
VC/V BYPASS/V
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
JUDGEMENT
EGRC-solenoid valve makes an
operating sound.
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
EGRC-solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
EC-108
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE
SRT STATUS Mode
EC
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
REFERENCE PAGE
HO2S1
EC-311
EC-320, EC-472
EC-372, EC-493
EC-474
EC-513
EC-198
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for
DTC.
HO2S2
EGR SYSTEM
EC-208
EC-222
EC-432
EC-439
EC-282
EGRC-BPT/VLV P0402
EC-293
EC-463
Operation
AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
EC-109
EC-427
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR
mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
DTC/1st trip DTC and malfunction item will not be displayed automatically on CONSULT-II screen even
though a malfunction is detected by ECM.
DATA MONITOR can be performed continuously even though a malfunction is detected.
Use these triggers as follows:
EC-422
1.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
2.
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS in GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient
Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF720X
UBS00D1M
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
MODE 1
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-53, "FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP
FREEZE FRAME DATA" .
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
EC-110
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
MODE 6
MODE 7
MODE 8
MODE 9
EC
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
(CALIBRATION ID)
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration ID.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
I
LEC104A
4.
M
SEF398S
5.
SEF416S
EC-111
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
UBS00D1N
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
(i.e., Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING. Specification data might be displayed even when ignition
timing is not adjusted to specification. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the input signals from the
camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.)
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication.
Idle
0.9 - 1.8V
2,500 rpm
1.9 - 2.3V
No-load
HO2S1 (B1)
VHCL SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times
during 10 seconds.
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN RICH
Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-II value with speedometer
indication.
11 - 14V
0.2 - 0.8V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
3.5 - 4.5V
START SIGNAL
OFF ON OFF
ON
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
OFF
ON
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
OFF
OFF
A/C switch: ON
(Compressor operates.)
ON
ON
Except above
OFF
OFF
ON
CLSD THL/P SW
P/N POSI SW
PW/ST SIGNAL
IGNITION SW
INJ PULSE-B1
Ignition switch: ON
No-load
ON OFF ON
Idle
2,000 rpm
EC-112
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
MONITOR ITEM
B/FUEL SCHDL
IGN TIMING
IACV-AAC/V
CONDITION
No-load
No-load
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
Approx. 20 BTDC
2,000 rpm
Idle
Approx. 30%
2,000 rpm
Idle
0%
No-load
50 - 159%
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
OFF ON
No-load
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Engine speed is running below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are
met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under on load
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
No-load
VC/V BYPASS/V
CAL/LD VALUE
ABSOL THP/S
VENT CONT/V
EGRC SOL/V
EC
A/F ALPHA-B1
ON
OFF
Idle
OFF
ON
M
ON
Idle
9.5 - 34.0%
2,500 rpm
13.9 - 24.9%
0.0%
Ignition switch: ON
Approx. 80%
EC-113
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
MONITOR ITEM
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,500 rpm
UBS00D1O
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
(Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR with CONSULT-II. Trigger Point is set to 100%, Recording
Speed is set to MAX..)
SEF306Y
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine to normal operating temperature.
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
SEF241Y
EC-114
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[KA24DE]
A
EC
SEF242YA
EC-115
PFP:00031
UBS00D1P
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction)
A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
UBS00D1Q
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
UBS00D1R
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1 and MAS A/F SEB1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-117, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-116
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D1S
EC
LEC091A
EC-117
SEF768Z
EC-118
EC
EC-119
PFP:00006
UBS00D1T
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on DTC (1st trip) visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/ Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC data does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D1U
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-120
PFP:24110
A
UBS00D1V
EC
BBWA1054E
EC-121
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
LG/R
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
10
B/R
ECM ground
19
B/R
ECM ground
W/G
Ignition switch
25
B/Y
ECM ground
32
B/Y
ECM ground
B/P
72
B/P
80
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
Engine ground
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
24
[Engine is running]
0 - 1V
Idle speed
Engine ground
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
SB
Power supply
(Back-up)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
116
B/R
ECM ground
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
124
B/R
ECM ground
Idle speed
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
UBS00D1W
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> GO TO 2.
EC-122
EC
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
D
SEF600P
10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
BBIA0431E
EC-123
Stop engine.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 80 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
MEC698B
10A fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12.
PBIB2168E
EC-124
LEC106A
EC
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
D
SEF120V
Check harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F36
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 and ECM relay terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
1.
2.
3.
12V (1 - 2) applied
: Continuity exists.
No voltage applied
: No continuity
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
SEF511P
EC-125
BBIA0431E
EC-126
Ground Inspection
UBS00GYY
A
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti- EC
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
C
Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the E
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
F
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-17, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-127
PFP:22690
UBS00D1X
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
Heated oxygen sensor 1 heater
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine
speed and engine coolant temperature. The duty percent varies with engine coolant temperature when engine
is started.
OPERATION
Engine speed
OFF
ON
UBS00D1Y
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
P0031
P0032
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00D1Z
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
EC-128
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
UBS00D20
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-129
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D21
BBWA0436E
EC-130
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
119
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure
C
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00D22
I
BBIA0431E
M
BBIA0430E
3.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF213W
EC-131
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF220W
UBS00D23
EC-132
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00D24
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Above 4,000
OFF
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
UBS00D25
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load
ON
I
OFF
P0037
P0038
UBS00D26
EC-133
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is shorted.)
UBS00D27
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is in between 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
8. Select MODE 3 with GST.
9. If DTC is detected, go to EC-136, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be performed twice as much as when using
CONSULT-II because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore,
using CONSULT-II is recommended.
EC-134
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D28
EC
BBWA1058E
EC-135
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: Below 4,000 rpm after the following conditions are met.
122
R/B
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D29
BBIA0431E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF218W
EC-136
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check continuity.
Terminal No.
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3
Continuity
No
CAUTION:
SEF221W
EC-137
UBS00D2A
EC-138
PFP:22680
A
UBS00D2B
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change.
EC
D
SEF893J
UBS00D2C
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No-load
No-load
No-load
Idle
0.9 - 1.8V
2,500 rpm
1.9 - 2.3V
Idle
9.5 - 34.0%
2,500 rpm
13.9 - 24.9%
Idle
J
2,500 rpm
UBS00D2D
Possible cause
A)
P0101
SPECIFICATION
EC-139
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
UBS00D2E
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF243Y
EC-140
ENG SPEED
More than 3V
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving location
8.
EC
SEF175Y
UBS00D2F
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF534P
EC-141
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D2G
BBWA1055E
EC-142
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
C
0.9 - 1.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.9 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
UBS00D2H
1. INSPECTION START
Air duct
Air cleaner
Vacuum hoses
BBIA0431E
EC-143
AEC131A
3.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF126V
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-144
EC
C
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
0.9 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.3
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
5.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again
J
SEF893J
EC-145
PFP:22680
UBS00D2I
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current to maintain the temperature of the hot
wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of
this current change.
SEF893J
UBS00D2J
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No-load
No-load
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
0.9 - 1.8V
2,500 rpm
1.9 - 2.3V
Idle
9.5 - 34.0%
2,500 rpm
13.9 - 24.9%
Idle
2,500 rpm
UBS00D2K
P0102
P0103
Trouble diagnosis
name
Mass air flow sensor
circuit low input
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
EC-146
UBS00D2L
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
F
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
K
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-147
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D2M
BBWA1055E
EC-148
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
C
0.9 - 1.8V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.9 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
F
UBS00D2N
1. INSPECTION START
Air duct
Air cleaner
Vacuum hoses
BBIA0431E
EC-149
AEC131A
3.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF126V
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and MAF sensor
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-150
EC
C
Condition
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.)
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
0.9 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.3
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
5.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again
J
SEF893J
EC-151
PFP:22630
UBS00D2O
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
SEF329V
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 61 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
UBS00D2P
Possible cause
P0112
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0113
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Intake air temperature sensor circuit
EC-152
UBS00D2Q
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-153
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D2R
BBWA1056E
EC-154
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D2S
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0431E
I
SEF329V
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
AEC570A
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-155
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 61 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace intake air temperature sensor.
EC-156
SEF012P
PFP:22630
A
UBS00D2T
EC
D
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
UBS00D2U
CONDITION
K
UBS00D2V
Possible Cause
P0117
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0118
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
SPECIFICATION
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(Depends on the time)
EC-157
UBS00D2W
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-158
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D2X
EC
AEC984A
EC-159
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D2Y
BBIA0431E
SEF330V
3.
Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF206W
EC-160
EC
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
UBS00D2Z
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
2.
EC-161
SEF012P
PFP:16119
UBS00D30
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-413 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the Wide open and closed
throttle position switch, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
SEF105S
UBS00D31
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.2 - 0.8V
3.5 - 4.5V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.0%
Approx. 80%
ABSOL THP/S
EC-162
UBS00D32
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
Fuel injector
Harness or connectors
(The throttle position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
F
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Condition
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
UBS00D33
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Accelerator pedal
Released
Vehicle speed
As slow as possible
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Shift lever
4.
EC-163
SEF058Y
SEF177Y
SEF245Y
8.
9.
ENG SPEED
More than 3V
COOLAN TEMP/S
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving location
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-164
SEF178Y
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D34
EC
BBWA0547E
EC-165
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Warm-up condition
0.2 - 0.8V
42
BR
43
B/W
Sensor ground
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D35
1. INSPECTION START
Specifications
Ignition timing
3.5 - 4.5V
>> GO TO 3.
Air cleaner
Vacuum hoses
EC-166
1.
2.
EC
D
BBIA0431E
SEF265S
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
L
SEF564P
EC-167
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-168
Component Inspection
UBS00D36
EC
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
Partially open
Completely open
F
SEF179Y
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
Partially open
Completely open
SEF767W
Voltage [V]
Less than 1.0
0.9 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.3
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
4.
EC-169
5.
6.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again
Perform steps 2 and 3 again
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from intake manifold. Check
hot wire for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
SEF893J
FUEL INJECTOR
1.
2.
SEF273W
EC-170
PFP:16119
A
UBS00D37
NOTE:
If DTC, P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
EC
Refer to EC-413 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a type of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the Wide open and closed D
throttle position switch, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
E
J
SEF105S
UBS00D38
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.2 - 0.8V
3.5 - 4.5V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
0.0%
Approx. 80%
ABSOL THP/S
UBS00D39
P0122
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0123
EC-171
Condition
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
UBS00D3A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5
consecutive seconds.
VHCL SPEED SE
Shift lever
Suitable position
3.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-172
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D3B
EC
BBWA0547E
EC-173
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
Warm-up condition
42
BR
43
B/W
Sensor ground
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
0.2 - 0.8V
3.5 - 4.5V
Approximately 5V
Approximately 0V
UBS00D3C
BBIA0431E
SEF265S
3.
: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF564P
EC-174
EC
Check harness for open or short between ECM and throttle position sensor.
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
H
Component Inspection
UBS00D3D
EC-175
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
Partially open
Completely open
SEF179Y
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
Partially open
Completely open
SEF767W
EC-176
PFP:22630
A
UBS00D3E
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform
trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118, EC-157 .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
EC
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 59 (Engine
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
P0125
UBS00D3F
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
Thermostat
EC-177
UBS00D3G
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-178
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D3H
EC
AEC984A
EC-179
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D3I
BBIA0431E
SEF330V
3.
Check voltage between engine coolant temperature sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF206W
EC-180
EC
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor.
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
When the engine is cooled [lower than 76.5C (170F)], condition grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the
engine coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" .
Component Inspection
UBS00D3J
PBIB2005E
EC-181
Voltage*
Resistance
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
2.
EC-182
SEF012P
PFP:22630
A
UBS00D3K
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
EC
D
SEF329V
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 61 (Intake air
temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
DTC No.
P0127
UBS00D3L
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM functions on the assumption that the intake air temperature is 25C (77F).
EC-183
UBS00D3M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-184
PBIB1917E
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D3N
EC
BBWA1056E
EC-185
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D3O
BBIA0431E
SEF329V
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
AEC570A
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-186
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
UBS00D3P
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
M
PBIB2005E
EC-187
2.
C (F)
Resistance
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 0.38
SEF012P
EC-188
PFP:21200
A
UBS00D3Q
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
EC
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
Possible cause
Thermostat
D
UBS00D3R
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10C (14F) to 60C (140F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-13, "THERMOSTAT" . Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may come on.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
Check that the COOLAN TEMP/S is above 60C (140F).
If it is below 60C (140F), go to following step.
If it is above 60C (140F), stop engine and cool down the
engine to less than 60C (140F), then retry from step 1.
Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
PBIB1917E
WITH GST
1.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D3S
BBIA0431E
EC-189
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
Resistance
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
EC-190
SEF012P
PFP:22690
A
UBS00D3T
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
UBS00D3U
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00D3V
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1877E
DTC No.
P0132
EC-191
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00D3W
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-192
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D3X
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-193
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V
(Periodically change)
UBS00D3Y
BBIA0431E
: 40 - 60 Nm
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-194
EC
D
BBIA0430E
EC-195
Component Inspection
UBS00D3Z
SEF646Y
7.
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-196
A
Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [Heated oxygen
EC
sensor 1 signal] and ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
C
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 D
0.3V
The maximum voltage is over 0.6V at least 1 time.
AEC873A
The minimum voltage is below 0.3V at least 1 time.
E
The voltage never exceeds 1.0V.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
F
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
G
UBS00D40
EC-197
PFP:22690
UBS00D41
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00D42
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00D43
SEF010V
EC-198
P0133
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
PCV valve
EC
D
UBS00D44
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF338Z
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Shift lever
Suitable position
EC-199
SEF339Z
SEF658Y
UBS00D45
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal) and ground.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage fluctuates between 0 to 0.3V and 0.6 to 1.0V more
than 5 times within 10 seconds.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
If NG, go to EC-202, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
AEC873A
EC-200
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D46
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-201
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
50
Warm-up condition
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - Approximately 1.0V
(Periodically change)
UBS00D47
BBIA0431E
: 40 - 60 Nm
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-202
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231 or EC-238 .
No
>> GO TO 6.
EC-203
5.
EC-204
Component Inspection
UBS00D48
EC
E
SEF646Y
7.
SEF217YA
L
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-205
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
0.9 - 1.8
1.9 - 2.3
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
4.
5.
6.
SEF893J
EC-206
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from breather separator.
A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes
through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a
finger is placed over the valve inlet.
EC
D
SEF244Q
UBS00D49
EC-207
PFP:22690
UBS00D4A
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00D4B
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00D4C
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
EC-208
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00D4D
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
LEC032A
5.
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.5 - 17 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
LEC033A
LEC034A
EC-209
UBS00D4E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
AEC873A
EC-210
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D4F
EC
BBWA0440E
EC-211
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
50
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
(Periodically change)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D4G
BBIA0431E
3.
EC-212
Component Inspection
UBS00D4H
G
SEF646Y
7.
K
SEF217YA
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-213
UBS00D4I
EC-214
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00D4J
EC
D
SEF327R
UBS00D4K
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
H
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
UBS00D4L
PBIB1877E
DTC No.
P0138
EC-215
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00D4M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-218, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-216
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D4N
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-217
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D4O
BBIA0431E
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-218
Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground
Component Inspection
UBS00D4P
EC-219
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB2169E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.55V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-220
UBS00D4Q
EC
EC-221
PFP:226A0
UBS00D4R
UBS00D4S
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
LEAN RICH
UBS00D4T
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
EC-222
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00ELT
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 C (32 to 86 F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C
(158F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN
TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F).
7. Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
8. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
EC
F
SEF174Y
PBIB0115E
9.
a.
b.
UBS00ELU
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-223
7.
8.
EC-224
AEC874A
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D4W
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-225
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D4X
BBIA0431E
EC-226
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-231 or EC-238 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
J
AEC131A
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-227
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
UBS00D4Y
EC-228
EC
C
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
E
G
PBIB2169E
HO2S2 (B1) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1) should be below 0.55V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-229
UBS00D4Z
EC-230
PFP:16600
A
UBS00D50
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1
DTC No.
P0171
ECM function
Actuator
Fuel injector
Possible cause
Fuel injector
Lack of fuel
UBS00D51
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF215Z
6.
7.
8.
SEF058Y
EC-231
EC-232
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D52
EC
BBWA0441E
EC-233
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D53
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.
EC-234
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC-235
With CONSULT-II
Install all parts removed.
Start engine.
Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for injector, refer to EC-545,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
8. REMOVE INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove injector with fuel tube assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery. The injector harness connectors should
remain connected.
>> GO TO 9.
9. CHECK INJECTOR
Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new one.
EC-236
Component Inspection
UBS00D54
EC
With GST
1.
2.
INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
I
SEF595Q
EC-237
PFP:16600
UBS00D55
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
Heated oxygen sensor 1
DTC No.
P0172
ECM function
Actuator
Fuel injector
Possible cause
Fuel injector
UBS00D56
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF215Z
6.
7.
8.
SEF058Y
EC-238
1.
2.
3.
EC-239
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D57
BBWA0441E
EC-240
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D58
1.
1.
2.
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
BBIA0430E
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC-241
With CONSULT-II
Install all parts removed.
Start engine.
Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Start engine.
3. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for injectors, EC-545, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
7. REMOVE INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove injector assembly.
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
>> GO TO 8.
EC-242
8. CHECK INJECTOR
EC
Component Inspection
UBS00D59
With GST
1.
2.
INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-243
PFP:22630
UBS00D5A
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF334VA
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
P0181
UBS00D5B
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-244
SEF174Y
EC
EC-245
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D5D
BBWA1059E
EC-246
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D5E
EC
SEF334VA
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF850Z
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
EC-247
Component Inspection
UBS00D5F
SEF334VA
2.
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 -2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
SEF852Z
UBS00D5G
EC-248
PFP:22630
A
UBS00D5H
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
D
SEF334VA
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
k
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank
temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
UBS00D5I
Possible cause
P0182
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183
UBS00D5J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-249
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D5K
BBWA1059E
EC-250
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D5L
EC
SEF334VA
4.
Check voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage
: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF850Z
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
EC-251
Component inspection
UBS00D5M
SEF334VA
2.
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 -2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
SEF852Z
UBS00D5N
EC-252
UBS00D5O
P0217
Possible cause
Cooling fan
Thermostat
Blocked radiator
Blocked air passage by improper installation of front fog lamp or fog lamps
Damaged bumper
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16 , Changing Engine
Coolant. Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-20 , Changing Engine Oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
UBS00D5P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the coolant over temperature enrichment protection check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
1. Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (using coolant tester) in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the proper range, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of the range of 45 to 55%, replace the coolant in the following procedure MA-16 , Changing Engine Coolant.
a. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant
from a kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
b. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
c. After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3 below.
2. Ask the customer if engine coolant has been added. If it has been added, go to EC-254, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to the next step.
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Make sure that A/C switch is OFF and air conditioner is not operating. If NG, check air conditioner circuit. Refer to MTC-22, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS" . After repair, go to the next step.
EC-253
6.
a.
7.
a.
b.
c.
8.
9.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D5Q
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
Hose
Radiator
Water pump
Refer to CO-10, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
EC-254
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
EC
Step
OFF
Inspection item
UBS00D5R
Equipment
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
Visual
Standard
cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
OFF
Negative
ON*3
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
EC-255
Step
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
OFF*4
Visual
OFF
10
Cylinder head
11
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
Component Inspection
UBS00D5S
RADIATOR CAP
Apply pressure to cap with a tester.
Radiator cap relief
pressure
SLC755A
THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
PBIB2005E
EC-256
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* V
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
EC
2.
SEF012P
EC-257
UBS00D5T
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP
sensor signal to vary, the ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
ECM function
On board diagnosis of misfire
P0302
P0303
P0304
EC-258
Possible cause
Insufficient compression
Fuel injector
Lack of fuel
EGR valve
UBS00ELV
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
EC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Vehicle speed
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F),
T should be lower than 70 C (158 F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed
Time
Approximately 10 minutes
Approximately 5 minutes
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D5V
EC-259
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 8.
SEF319V
5. CHECK INJECTOR
Does each injector make an operating sound at idle?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> Check injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-545,
"INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
EC-260
EC
F
SEF282G
SEF156I
Minimum
Difference between
each cylinder
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
EC-261
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
AEC064B
Specifications
Ignition timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
EC-262
With CONSULT-II
Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
EC
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
at idling
at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground.
Refer to EC-146, "DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR" .
OK or NG
NG
>> Repair or replace it.
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-84, "Symptom Matrix Chart" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
>> GO TO 18.
Component Inspection
UBS00D5W
IGNITION WIRES
1.
Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
EC-263
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
SEF174P
UBS00D5X
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
SPARK PLUGS
Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-264
PFP:22060
A
UBS00D5Y
EC
D
SEF598K
UBS00D5Z
Possible cause
P0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
Knock sensor
UBS00D60
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-267, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
M
SEF058Y
EC-265
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D61
BBWA0549E
EC-266
EC
WIRE
COLOR
W
ITEM
Knock sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 2.4V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D62
H
BBIA0431E
EC-267
SEF173V
Component Inspection
UBS00D63
KNOCK SENSOR
Use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
2. Check resistance between terminal 1 and ground.
Resistance
CAUTION:
Discard any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
SEF174V
UBS00D64
KNOCK SENSOR
EC-268
PFP:23731
A
UBS00D65
EC
D
SEF956N
H
SEF335V
UBS00EMC
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
UBS00D66
K
DTC No.
Harness or connectors
(The crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
circuit is open)
Dead battery
P0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD) circuit
Possible cause
UBS00D67
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
EC-269
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-270
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D68
EC
BBWA0548E
EC-271
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF112V
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D69
BBIA0431E
EC-272
SEF335V
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
Refer to wiring diagram.
E
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between harness connector E32 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-273
Component Inspection
UBS00D6A
SEF960N
5.
SEF231W
EC-274
PFP:22100
A
UBS00D6B
EC
D
SEF928V
H
SEF853B
UBS00ELW
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare the CONSULT-II value with tachometer indication.
P0340
UBS00D6C
Harness or connectors
(The camshaft position sensor circuit is
open or shorted.)
B)
EC-275
Possible Cause
A)
C)
UBS00D6D
Perform Procedure for malfunction A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform Procedure for
malfunction B and C.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-279, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and run it for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-279, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-276
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D6E
EC
BBWA1060E
EC-277
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
LG/R
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.2 - 0.5V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
44
48
PU
PU
SEF114V
0 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF200T
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 2.6V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
49
LG
SEF195T
[Engine is running]
SEF196T
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-278
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D6F
EC
1.
2.
G
BBIA0431E
K
SEF128S
3.
Check voltage between camshaft position (CMP) sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF040S
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-279
EC-280
Component Inspection
UBS00D6G
EC
LEC035A
UBS00D6H
EC-281
PFP:14710
UBS00D6I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Camshaft position sensor
ECM function
Actuator
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
EGR control
This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cutand-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current flows through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remains closed.
Engine stopped
Engine starting
Engine idling
SEF641Q
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the
intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to
throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper
valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-282
EC
SEF599K
<Reference data>
EGR temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
K
SEF068XB
The EGRC solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal passes through
the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR
valve.
SEF240PD
UBS00ELX
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Less than 4.5V
EC-283
EGRC SOL/V
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
OFF
ON
UBS00D6J
If the absence of EGR flow is detected by EGR temperature sensor under the condition that calls for EGR, a
low-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
DTC No.
P0400
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The EGRC solenoid valve circuit is
open or short)
EGRC-BPT valve
Vacuum hose
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
P0400 will not be displayed at SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is NG.
1.
2.
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II and confirm it is within the range listed below.
COOLAN TEMP/S
3.
4.
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the coolant temperature with a fan or means other than
ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic
result.
Start engine and let it idle monitoring COOLAN TEMP/S value.
When the COOLAN TEMP/S value reaches 70C (158F),
SEF013Y
immediately go to the next step.
Select EGR SYSTEM P0400 of EGR SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
EC-284
Touch START.
A
EC
C
SEF191Y
6.
7.
G
SEF235Y
8.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 30 seconds or more.)
I
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
(X + 0.23) (X + 0.74) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
Shift lever
Suitable position
9.
SEF192Y
EC-285
UBS00D6L
Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Disconnect EGRC solenoid valve harness connector. (The 1st
trip DTC for EGRC solenoid valve will be displayed, however,
ignore it.)
SEF336V
3.
Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm quickly under no load using
the following methods.
SEF642Q
4.
5.
SEF182V
6.
7.
SEF183V
EC-286
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D6M
EC
BBWA0453E
EC-287
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D6N
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace exhaust system.
SEF337V
4.
EC-288
EC
E
SEF337V
1.
2.
L
SEF109L
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn EGRC solenoid valve ON and OFF in ACTIVE TEST
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
1.
2.
SEF716Z
EC-289
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and EGRC solenoid valve
Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-290
Component Inspection
UBS00D6O
EGR VALVE
EC
D
MEF137D
I
LEC036A
Without CONSULT-II
J
M
LEC037A
EC-291
3.
SEF083P
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature C (F)
Voltage [V]*
Resistance M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: This data reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
4.
SEF068XB
UBS00D6P
EGR VALVE
Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-292
PFP:14741
A
UBS00D6Q
EC
SEF453PD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling throttle body vacuum
applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning of
the EGR valve or to engine operation.
UBS00D6R
If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase. If
the roughness is large, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC solenoid valve. If
the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated.
DTC No.
P0402
EC-293
Possible Cause
EGRC-BPT valve
EGR valve
Orifice
UBS00D6S
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-II
Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and EGR
valve as shown in the illustration.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select EGRC-BPT VLV P0402 of
EGR SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and let it idle.
SEF930VA
6.
7.
Touch START.
Check the output voltage of THRTL POS SEN (at closed throttle position) and note it.
SEF718Z
8.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may
increase. Maintain the conditions many times until COMPLETED appears.
Shift lever
Suitable position
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
(X (X + 0.88) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
SEF719Z
EC-294
EC
LEC038A
SEF384X
UBS00D6T
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Install vacuum gauge between EGRC-BPT valve and EGR
valve as shown in the illustration.
2. Lift up vehicle.
3. Start engine and shift to 1st (M/T) or D (A/T) position.
4. Check vacuum gauge while keeping engine speed at 2,400 to
3,200 rpm.
Vacuum should be 0 to 20 kPa (0 to 150 mmHg, 0 to 5.91
inHg).
If NG, go to EC-296, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
SEF930V
EC-295
Check the EGR valve lifting when revving from 2,000 rpm to 4,000 rpm quickly under no load.
EGR valve should lift up, and go down without sticking when the engine is returned to idle.
Check rubber tube between intake manifold collector, EGRC solenoid valve, EGR valve and EGRC-BPT
valve for misconnection, cracks or blockages.
If NG, go to EC-296, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D6U
1. CHECK HOSE
3. CHECK ORIFICE
Check if orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and EGRC solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace vacuum hose.
EC-296
EC
Component Inspection
UBS00D6V
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1.
2.
I
SEF172P
Voltage V
0.9 - 185
1.9 - 2.3
*: Make sure linear voltage rises as engine speed increase to about 4,000 rpm.
4.
EC-297
If NG, remove mass air flow sensor from intake manifold. Check
hot wire for damage or dust.
If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor.
SEF893J
LEC036A
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure.
LEC037A
EGR VALVE
MEF137D
EC-298
PFP:14710
A
UBS00D6W
EC
D
SEF599K
<Reference data>
EGR temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
P0405
P0406
UBS00D6X
EC-299
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is
open.)
UBS00D6Y
Perform PROCEDURE FOR P0405 first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE
FOR P0406.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF174Y
VHCL SPEED SE
B/FUEL SCHDL
7 - 10.5 msec
(X + 0.23) (X + 0.74) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
Shift lever
Suitable position
9.
EC-300
SEF201Y
UBS00D6Z
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGR temperature sensor. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC
With GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine at idle for at least 2 minutes.
Confirm that EGR valve is not lifting.
If NG, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1402.
Refer to EC-463 .
F
SEF360Q
4.
5.
SEF362Q
EC-301
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D70
AEC006B
EC-302
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D71
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0431E
I
SEF345V
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
SEF263W
EC-303
Component Inspection
UBS00D72
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature C (F)
Voltage [V]*
Resistance M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: This data reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
4.
SEF068XB
EC-304
UBS00D73
EC
EC-305
PFP:20905
UBS00D74
DTC No.
P0420
Possible Cause
Exhaust tube
Fuel injector
Injector leaks
Spark plug
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
7.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step 9
Wait 5 seconds at idle.
SEF847Y
EC-306
a.
EC
C
SEF848Y
b.
c.
d.
G
SEF013Y
SEF535Z
UBS00D76
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Set voltmeters probes between ECM terminals 50 (Heated oxygen sensor 1 signal), 56 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 signal) and
ground.
6. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
7. Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminal 56 and ground is much less than that of
ECM terminal 50 and ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
AEC876A
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly.
Go to EC-308, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-307
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D77
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Specifications
Ignition timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
EC-308
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
EC
LEC041A
SEF282G
Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean connection or
replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits.
Refer to EC-538, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Replace.
EC-309
SEF174P
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC-310
PFP:14950
A
UBS00D78
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with DTC P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first.
Refer to EC-413 .
EC
H
PBIB1402E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure
sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
UBS00D79
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a fault is determined.
DTC No.
P0441
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-311
Possible cause
UBS00D7A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAP SYSTEM in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
If COMPLETED is displayed, go to step 7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
Shift lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
ENG SPEED
PBIB0826E
7.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC313, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
UBS00D7B
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds.
EC-312
ON
ON
ON
Engine speed
Shift lever
EC
C
LEC045A
8.
9.
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
If NG, go to EC-313, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D7C
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install
vacuum gauge.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
1.
M
SEF339V
3.
4.
5.
100%
0%
Vacuum
Should exist.
Should not exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF801Y
EC-313
SEF339V
SEF367U
SEF368U
EC-314
6.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC
E
SEF801Y
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
100%
Yes
0%
No
I
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
EC-315
9. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
SEF341V
BBIA0308E
EC-316
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
EC
F
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-317
With CONSULT-II
Install all removed parts.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operation temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of CLSD THL/P SW under the following conditions.
Measurement must be made with throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
LEC094A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 16.
EC-318
Specifications
Ignition timing
EC
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace it.
>> GO TO 19.
EC-319
PFP:14950
UBS00D7D
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-487 .
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1402E
EC-320
P0442
Possible cause
Water separator
EC
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00D7E
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. Refer to EC487 .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
EC-321
1.
2.
3.
4.
COOLAN TEMP/S
INT/A TEMP SE
5.
SEF475Y
PBIB0829E
6.
NOTE:
If the engine cannot be maintained within the range on CONSULT-II screen, go to EC-74, "Basic
Inspection" .
Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-323, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
LEC048A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
WITH GST
Start engine.
Drive vehicle according to EC-58, "Driving Pattern" .
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-58, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
Stop vehicle.
Select MODE 1 with GST.
If SRT of EVAP system is not set yet, go to the following step.
If SRT of EVAP system is set, the result will be OK.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine.
It is not necessary to cool engine down before driving.
Drive vehicle again according to the EC-58, "Driving Pattern" .
Stop vehicle.
Select MODE 3 with GST.
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-323, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-322
If P0441 and P0442 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select MODE 1 with GST.
Diagnostic Procedure
EC
UBS00D7F
SEF915U
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC-323
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF445Y
2.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement.
If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
SEF943S
Install the EVAP service port adapter and the pressure pump
securely to EVAP service port.
SEF339V
NOTE:
Improper installation of service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF462UE
EC-324
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
EC
E
PEF658U
3.
Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak portion. For the leak
detector, refer to instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
4.
L
SEF200U
EC-325
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Shown in the above figure.
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg).
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the leak. For the leak detector,
refer to instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-571,
"EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF503V
SEF200U
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
EC-326
PBIB1032E
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
EC
D
SEF596U
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
PBIB0147E
EC-327
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF801Y
EC-328
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
EC
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
M
SEF334VA
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
SEF852Z
EC-329
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF198V
21.
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 22.
EC-330
A
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
C
CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
Remove fuel level sensor assembly. Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP
ASSEMBLY" .
2. Refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 26.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor.
1.
EC-331
UBS00D7G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
EVAP canister
purge flow control
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
UBS00D7H
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
0%
2,000 rpm
EC-332
P0444
P0445
UBS00D7I
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is shorted.)
EC
UBS00D7J
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-336, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-333
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D7K
BBWA1061E
EC-334
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
LG/R
ECM relay
(Self-shut-off)
C
0 - 1V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
G
5
R/Y
SEF109V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
SEF110V
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
:Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-335
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D7L
SEF339V
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF192V
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-336
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
EC
E
SEF801Y
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
100%
Yes
0%
No
I
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
EC-337
PBIB0150E
PFP:14935
UBS00D7M
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to signals from the ECM.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is
energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
SEF381Z
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
UBS00D7N
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
UBS00D7O
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-340, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-338
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D7Q
EC
BBWA1062E
EC-339
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. INSPECTION START
2. CHECK CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
SEF802Y
EC-340
EC
D
SEF143S
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
H
SEF240W
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-341
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0308E
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-342
EC
EC-343
PFP:25085
UBS00D7S
SEF340V
PBIB1207E
UBS00D7T
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00D7U
EC-344
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
UBS00D7V
A
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
D
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
E
5. Make sure that FUEL T/TMP SE is more than 0C (32F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure"
F
.
G
SEF194Y
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
Select MODE 7 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-347, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
L
SEF196V
EC-345
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D7W
BBWA1063E
EC-346
WIRE
COLO
R
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
42
BR
43
B/W
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
62
Approximately 0V
D
1.8 - 4.8V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D7X
1.
2.
K
BBIA0431E
SEF341V
EC-347
: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF410Q
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or shirt to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-348
A
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF341V
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-349
SEF198V
EC-350
PFP:25085
A
UBS00D7Y
EC
D
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
UBS00D7Z
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
P0453
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00D80
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EC-351
EVAP canister
Water separator
UBS00D81
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that FUEL T/TMP SE is more than 0C (32F).
Wait at least 10 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-354, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF194Y
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.8V.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Wait at least 10 seconds.
Select MODE 7 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-354, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF196V
EC-352
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D82
EC
BBWA1063E
EC-353
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
42
BR
43
B/W
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
62
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00D83
BBIA0431E
SEF341V
EC-354
EC
: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
SEF410Q
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-355
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF801Y
EC-356
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
EC
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
1.
2.
BBIA0308E
EC-357
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-358
EC
D
SEF341V
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF198V
EC-359
SEF596U
EC-360
PFP:14950
A
UBS00D84
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
EC
Refer to EC-487 .
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in the EVAP system between the fuel tank
and the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
H
PBIB1402E
I
DTC No.
P0455
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
EC-361
UBS00D85
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with DTC P1448, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
Refer to EC-487 .
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
Tighten fuel filter cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F)
SEF475Y
6.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAP SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-362
EC
C
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-58, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
If P0441, P0442 and P0455 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select MODE 1 with GST.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D86
SEF915U
EC-363
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF445Y
2.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
SEF943S
EC-364
EC
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
F
SEF339V
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
J
SEF916U
EC-365
PEF658U
3.
Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-366
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
EC
E
SEF503V
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
J
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
PBIB0147E
EC-367
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
SEF801Y
EC-368
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
EC
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
M
SEF334VA
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor, refer to FL-6,
"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP
ASSEMBLY" .
SEF852Z
EC-369
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF198V
EC-370
A
Remove fuel filler cap.
Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
EC
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
C
suitable 3way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-371
PFP:14950
UBS00D87
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve using intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small
leak diagnosis.
If the ECM judges a leak equivalent to a very small leak, the very small leak DTC P0456 or P1456 will be
detected. If the ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, the EVAP small leak DTC P0442 will be
detected. Correspondingly, if the ECM judges there is no leak, the diagnosis result is OK.
PBIB1402E
EC-372
P0456
Possible cause
Water separator
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
EC
UBS00D88
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
EC-373
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II.
Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 1.16 - 0.25V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0C (32F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool
place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining fuel until the output
voltage condition of the FUEL LEVEL SE meets within the
range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then
PBIB1953E
start from step 1.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 of EVAP SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0837E
6.
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
UBS00D89
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-374
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped:
60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg)
A
If NG, go to EC-375, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to next step.
NOTE:
EC
For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual.
Disconnect GST.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
C
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds.
D
Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D8A
I
SEF915U
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower.
Retighten until ratcheting sound is heard.
EC-375
SEF445Y
2.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
SEF943S
SEF339V
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U
EC-376
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
EC
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF503V
SEF200U
EC-377
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace water separator.
PBIB1032E
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-378
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
EC
E
PBIB0828E
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-30, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
SEF985Y
EC-379
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
SEF334VA
2.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 2 and 4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
SEF852Z
EC-380
EC
D
SEF341V
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF198V
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
M
>> GO TO 22.
EC-381
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-382
PFP:25060
A
UBS00D8B
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF725Z
UBS00D8C
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
Malfunction is detected when even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel
level sensor to ECM.
DTC No.
P0460
Possible cause
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-383
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D8E
BBWA1064E
EC-384
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D8F
EC
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF863Z
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor until and fuel pump
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-385
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
UBS00D8G
EC-386
PFP:25060
A
UBS00D8H
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF725Z
UBS00D8I
P0461
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-3,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
8. Select FUEL PUMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULTII.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 65/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
SEF195Y
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
EC-387
WITH GST
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Set voltmeters probe between ECM terminal 46 (fuel level sensor signal) and ground.
7. Turn ignition switch ON.
8. Check voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground and note
it.
9. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel
tank using proper equipment.
10. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
11. Confirm that the voltage between ECM terminal 46 and ground
changes more than 0.03V during step 8 - 10.
SEF703Z
If NG, check component of fuel level sensor, refer to DI-18,
"FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-388
PFP:25060
A
UBS00D8K
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF725Z
UBS00D8L
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
Malfunction is detected when an excessively low (P0462) or high (P0463) voltage is sent from the sensor is
sent to ECM.
DTC No.
Possible cause
P0462
P0463
UBS00D8M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-389
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D8N
BBWA1065E
EC-390
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D8O
EC
PBIB2292E
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-391
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness on connectors.
UBS00D8P
EC-392
PFP:32702
A
UBS00D8Q
EC
D
SEF505U
P0500
UBS00D8R
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
G
UBS00D8S
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine
Read vehicle speed sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode
with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should
exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable
gear position.
If NG, go to EC-395, "Wiring Diagram" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
7 - 15 msec (M/T)
6 - 16 msec (A/T)
Shift lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
7.
EC-393
SEF196Y
UBS00D8T
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
WITH GST
Lift up drive wheels.
Start engine.
Read vehicle speed sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-395, "Wiring Diagram" .
SEF568P
EC-394
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D8U
EC
BBWA0448E
EC-395
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
29
G/B
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D8V
Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors. Check vehicle speed sensor and its circuit. Refer to DI-13,
"INSPECTION/VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR" .
EC-396
EC-397
PFP:23781
UBS00D8W
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Camshaft position sensor
ECM function
Actuator
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Park/Neutral position
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed
IACV-AAC valve
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACVAAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E
IACV-AAC/V
UBS00D8X
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 30%
2,000 rpm
EC-398
UBS00D8Y
P0505
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
EC
IACV-AAC valve
UBS00D8Z
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
J
EC-399
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D90
BBWA0449E
EC-400
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
10.5 - 11.5V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF015W
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
G
SEF016W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS00D91
SEF342V
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-401
10A fuse
SEF249W
EC-402
PFP:23781
A
UBS00D92
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
ECM function
Actuator
EC
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Park/Neutral position
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed
D
Idle air control
IACV-AAC valve
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACVAAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
L
SEF040E
IACV-AAC/V
UBS00D93
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 30%
2,000 rpm
P0506
UBS00D94
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
shorted)
IACV-AAC valve
EC-403
UBS00D95
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-404
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D96
EC
BBWA0449E
EC-405
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
SEF015W
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF016W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D97
SEF342V
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-406
10A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
3.
SEF249W
EC-407
PFP:23781
UBS00D98
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Camshaft position sensor
ECM function
Actuator
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Park/Neutral position
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed
IACV-AAC valve
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACVAAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation).
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The IAC valve-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the
ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will
flow through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E
IACV-AAC/V
UBS00D99
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 30%
2,000 rpm
EC-408
UBS00D9A
A
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
P0507
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open or
shorted)
IACV-AAC valve
PCV system
EC
C
UBS00D9B
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-409
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D9C
BBWA0449E
EC-410
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
10.5 - 11.5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle
SEF015W
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
1 - 13V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
G
SEF016W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS00D9D
SEF342V
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF247W
EC-411
10A fuse
SEF249W
EC-412
PFP:22620
A
UBS00D9E
EC
D
SEF505V
P0510
UBS00D9F
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The closed throttle position switch circuit
is shorted.)
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select CLSD THL/P SW in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II and check the indication under the following conditions.
Condition
ON
OFF
M
SEF197Y
VHCL SPEED SE
Shift lever
Suitable position
Driving pattern
4.
Signal indication
3.
EC-413
SEF198Y
UBS00D9H
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 28 (Closed throttle
position switch signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Voltage
At idle
Battery voltage
At 2,000 rpm
Approximately 0 - 1V
3.
EC-414
Wiring Diagram
UBS00D9I
EC
BBWA0450E
EC-415
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
28
BR/W
Warm-up condition
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D9J
SEF158S
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF715U
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-416
EC
Check the harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Specifications
Ignition timing
>> GO TO 6.
EC-417
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of CLSD THL/P SW under the following conditions.
SEF721Z
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
NOTE:
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position switch.
With GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions.
Throttle valve conditions
Continuity
Completely closed
Yes
No
NOTE:
Continuity measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-74,
"Basic Inspection" .
5. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in
Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch.
EC-418
SEF159S
5.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check voltage of THRTL POS SEN under the following conditions.
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
sensor installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-74,
"Basic Inspection" .
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in
Basic Inspection, replace throttle position sensor.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine and turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions.
Throttle valve conditions
Completely closed
Partially open
Completely open
EC
SEF198Y
Voltage [V]
NOTE:
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position
SEF767W
sensor installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-74,
"Basic Inspection" .
4. If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace throttle position
sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor.
EC-419
PFP:23710
UBS00D9K
SEC220B
UBS00D9L
Possible Cause
ECM
UBS00D9M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine.
Run engine for at least 2 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-421, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-420
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D9N
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-420, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-420, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
4. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace ECM.
No
>> INSPECTION END
EC
EC-421
PFP:22690
UBS00D9O
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00D9P
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00D9Q
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
DTC No.
P1143
EC-422
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00D9R
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P1143 of
HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
G
LEC054A
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
I
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.5 - 15 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
7.
LEC053A
LEC055A
UBS00D9S
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-423
4.
AEC873A
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00D9T
BBIA0431E
:40 - 60 Nm
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
BBIA0429E
EC-424
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-231 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
J
AEC131A
EC-425
SEF220W
UBS00D9U
EC-426
PFP:22690
A
UBS00D9V
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
UBS00D9W
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00D9X
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
DTC No.
P1144
EC-427
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00D9Y
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON and select HO2S1 (B1) P1144 of HO2S1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 3 minutes.
NOTE:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm after this step. If
the engine speed limit is exceeded, return to step 5.
LEC056A
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
3.5 - 15 msec
Shift lever
Suitable position
7.
LEC057A
LEC058A
UBS00D9Z
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the front heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-428
4.
EC
C
AEC873A
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DA0
1.
2.
H
BBIA0431E
: 40 - 60 Nm
(4.1 - 6.1 kg-m, 30 - 44 ft-lb)
>> GO TO 3.
L
SEF332VB
EC-429
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-238 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
EC-430
AEC131A
EC
D
SEF220W
UBS00DA1
EC-431
PFP:226A0
UBS00DA2
UBS00DA3
CONDITION
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
LEAN RICH
UBS00DA4
MBIB1080E
DTC No.
P1146
EC-432
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00ELY
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 C (32 to 86 F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1146 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
EC
F
SEF189Y
PBIB0818E
8.
a.
b.
UBS00DA6
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC-433
7.
8.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 56 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position (M/T), D position with OD OFF (A/T).
The voltage should be below 0.55V at least once during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-436, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-434
AEC874A
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DA7
EC
BBWA1057E
EC-435
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DA8
BBIA0431E
EC-436
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-238 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
4.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-437
J
AEC131A
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
UBS00DA9
EC-438
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00DAA
EC
D
SEF327R
UBS00DAB
HO2S2 (B1)
SPECIFICATION
CONDITION
H
Revving engine from idle up to 3,000
rpm quickly.
LEAN RICH
UBS00DAC
SEF259VA
DTC No.
P1147
EC-439
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00ELZ
NOTE:
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 C (32 to 86 F).
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1147 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
SEF189Y
PBIB0819E
8.
a.
b.
UBS00DAE
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the rear heated oxygen sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC-440
7.
8.
Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminals 56 (Heated oxygen sensor 2 signal) and ground.
Check the voltage when revving engine up to 4,000 rpm under
no load at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this
procedure.
If the voltage can be confirmed in step 4, step 5 is not necessary.
Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in 3rd
gear position (M/T), D position with OD OFF (A/T).
The voltage should be above 0.68V at least once during this procedure.
If NG, go to EC-443, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
AEC874A
EC-441
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DAF
BBWA1057E
EC-442
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS00DAG
1.
2.
I
BBIA0431E
EC-443
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF215Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 3 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-61, "HOW TO ERASE
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer EC-231 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
1.
2.
3.
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 and HO2S2 terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
3.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 56 or HO2S2 terminal 1 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-444
AEC131A
Harness for open or short between ECM and heated oxygen sensor 2
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 terminal 4 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ground
UBS00DAH
EC-445
PFP:22690
UBS00DAI
P1148
Possible cause
UBS00DAJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never raise engine speed above 3,600 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm and check the following.
1.
2.
3.
SEF682Y
B/FUEL SCHDL
ENG SPEED
Shift lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
6.
EC-446
UBS00DAK
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (Heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal) and ground.
C
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DAL
EC-447
PFP:00000
UBS00DAM
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P1217
Possible cause
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-16 , Changing Engine
Coolant. Also, replace the engine oil.
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
UBS00DAN
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF621W
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-448
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DAO
Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-16, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT
DRIVEN)" .
C
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the
pressure drops.
Testing pressure
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
Pressure should not drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following for leak.
Hose
Radiator
Water pump
Refer to CO-10, "WATER PUMP" .
SLC754A
: 78 - 98 kPa
(0.8 - 1.0 kg/cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
L
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
EC-449
SLC343
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
UBS00DAP
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
Visual
No blocking
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
Coolant level
Visual
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
cm2 , 11 - 14 psi)
59 - 98 kPa (0.6 - 1.0 kg/
cm2 , 9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
EC-450
Step
ON*2
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
ON*2
Thermostat
OFF
Negative
ON*3
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
EC
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
OFF*4
Visual
OFF
10
Cylinder head
11
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
EC-451
PFP:23731
UBS00DAQ
SEF956N
SEF335V
UBS00DAR
P1336
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
Drive plate/Flywheel
UBS00DAS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Start engine and run it for at least 2 minutes at idle speed.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-454, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-452
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DAT
EC
BBWA0548E
EC-453
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
43
B/W
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Approx. 0V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF112V
Approx. 0V
[Engine is running]
SEF113V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DAU
BBIA0431E
EC-454
SEF335V
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC
Check harness continuity between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
Refer to wiring diagram.
E
Harness for open or short between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between harness connector E32 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-455
EC-456
PFP:14956
A
UBS00DAV
The EGRC solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an OFF signal, the vacuum signal passes through
the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, a plunger will then move to cut
the vacuum signal from the throttle body to the EGR valve.
EC
D
SEF240PD
UBS00DAW
EGRC SOL/V
CONDITION
No-load
Idle
ON
OFF
P1400
UBS00DAX
SPECIFICATION
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The EGRC solenoid valve circuit is open
or shorted.)
UBS00DAY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
SEF174Y
EC-457
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Suitable speed
4.
UBS00DAZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGR temperature sensor. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check the voltage between ECM terminal 103 and ground at
idle.
Voltage: 0 - 1V
3.
4.
SEF242V
EC-458
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DB0
EC
BBWA0452E
EC-459
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
103
G/W
EGRC-solenoid valve
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - 1V
UBS00DB1
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn EGRC solenoid valve ON and OFF in ACTIVE TEST
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
SEF722Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and rev engine up to 3,000 rpm quickly.
When disconnecting and reconnecting the EGRC solenoid valve harness connector, make sure that the
EGRC solenoid valve makes operating sound. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the EGRC solenoid valve
will be displayed, however, ignore it.)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2
1.
2.
EC-460
EC
D
SEF336V
4.
H
SEF192V
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EGRC solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-461
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Conditions
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
SEF129Y
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
AEC919
EC-462
PFP:14710
A
UBS00DB2
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Camshaft position sensor
ECM Function
Actuator
EC
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Gear position
C
EGR control
This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cutand-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to
be cut. The EGR valve remains closed.
Engine stopped
Engine starting
Engine idling
SEF641Q
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the
intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to
throttle valve opening. The vacuum controls the movement of a taper
valve connected to the vacuum diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-463
<Reference data>
EGR temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
SEF240PD
UBS00EM0
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Less than 4.5V
EC-464
EGRC SOL/V
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
OFF
ON
EC
UBS00DB3
If EGR temperature sensor detects EGR flow under the condition that does not call for EGR, a high-flow malfunction is diagnosed.
DTC No.
P1402
Possible Cause
EGRC-BPT valve
UBS00DB4
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Diagnosis for this DTC will occur when engine coolant temperature is approx. 50 to 60C (122 to 140F).
Therefore, it will be better to turn ignition switch ON (Start engine) at the engine coolant temperature
below 30C (86F) when starting DTC confirmation procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
PBIB1600E
EC-465
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, turn ignition OFF and cool the engine coolant temperature to the range of 10 to 50C (14 to 122F). Retry from step 1.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC468, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Turn ignition switch ON and select MODE 1 with GST.
Check that engine coolant temperature is within the range of 10 to 50C (14 to 122F).
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 63 (EGR temperature
sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.5V.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Stop engine.
Perform from step 1 to 4.
Select MODE 3 with GST.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-468, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
When using GST, DTC Confirmation Procedure should be
performed twice as much as when using CONSULT-II
because GST cannot display MODE 7 (1st trip DTC) concerning this diagnosis. Therefore, using CONSULT-II is recommended.
EC-466
PBIB2167E
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DB5
EC
BBWA0453E
EC-467
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DB6
SEF109L
SEF716Z
EC-468
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse block and EGRC solenoid valve
Harness for open or short between ECM and EGRC solenoid valve
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connector.
EC
With CONSULT-II
Perform EGRC SOLENOID VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
G
Air passage continuity
between A and B
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Conditions
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
SEF129Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
AEC919
EC-469
MEF137D
SEF083P
EC-470
EC
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
Voltage [V]*
Resistance M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: This data reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 63 (EGR
temperature sensor) and ground.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace EGR temperature sensor.
L
SEF068XB
EC-471
PFP:14950
UBS00DB7
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with DTC P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-487
.)
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
PBIB1402E
EC-472
P1442
EC
Water separator
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DB8
Refer to DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM, EC-321, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DB9
EC-473
Description
UBS00DBA
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
EVAP canister
purge flow control
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
UBS00DBB
CONDITION
No-load
SPECIFICATION
0%
EC-474
P1444
UBS00DBC
A
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
EVAP canister
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
UBS00DBD
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select PURG VOL C/V P1444 of EVAP SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
PBIB0839E
6.
7.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-II changes to COMPLETED. (It will take for at
least 10 seconds.)
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-478, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds.
Select MODE 7 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-478, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC-475
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DBE
BBWA1061E
EC-476
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
LG/R
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
C
0 - 1V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
G
5
R/Y
SEF109V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
SEF110V
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-477
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DBF
SEF339V
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF192V
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-478
EC
D
SEF341V
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
6.
SEF198V
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
SEF801Y
EC-479
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
BBIA0308E
EC-480
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
EC
F
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-481
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-482
PFP:14935
A
UBS00DBG
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid (the EVAP
canister vent control valve) responds to signals from the ECM. When
the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability
to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other
evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid
valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When
the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative
emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP Control
System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
EC
D
SEF381Z
UBS00DBH
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1446
UBS00DBI
Possible cause
Water separator
7.
1.
UBS00DBJ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 0C (32F).
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check that FUEL T/TMP SE is 0C (32F) or more.
Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
a maximum of 15 minutes.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-484, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
NOTE:
If a malfunction exists, NG result may be displayed quicker.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-483
SEF189Y
Check that voltage between ECM terminal 60 (fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.8V.
Drive vehicle at a speed of approximately 80 km/h (50 MPH) for
15 minutes.
Select MODE 7 with GST.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-484, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
SEF196V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DBK
BBIA0308E
EC-484
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
EC
F
SEF991Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
SEF596U
EC-485
Check hose connection between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging and poor connection.
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-486
PFP:14935
A
UBS00DBL
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid (the EVAP canister vent control valve) responds to signals from the ECM.
When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is
energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
EC
SEF381Z
H
SEF143S
UBS00DBM
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1448
SPECIFICATION
UBS00DBN
EC-487
Possible cause
Water separator
UBS00DBO
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
INT/A TEMP SE
5.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go
to EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
6. Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, go to following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds, then turn ON.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator.
9. Select VENT CONTROL/V of ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
10. Touch ON and OFF alternately.
SEC763C
EC-488
Touching ON
No
Touching OFF
Yes
EC
C
SEF805Y
UBS00DBP
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Disconnect hose from water separator.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
3. Verify the following.
Condition
No
No supply
Yes
I
BBIA0309E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DBQ
1.
2.
BBIA0308E
EC-489
With CONSULT-II
Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
SEF991Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-490
EC
D
SEF186S
SEF379Q
L
SEF596U
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
EC-491
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
PBIB1032E
EC-492
PFP:14710
A
UBS00DBR
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
EC
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canis- C
ter purge volume control solenoid valve.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P1456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P1442 will be detected.
D
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
E
J
PBIB1402E
EC-493
P1456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (positive
pressure check)
Possible cause
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Water separator
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DBS
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
EC-494
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0837E
6.
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-74, "Basic Inspection" .
UBS00DBT
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-495
SEF462UA
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DBU
SEF915U
EC-496
D
SEF445Y
2.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an
incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
SEF943S
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
L
SEF339V
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
Models with CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Models without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U
EC-497
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING"
.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF503V
SEF200U
EC-498
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace water separator.
EC
D
PBIB1032E
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
K
SEF596U
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 12.
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-499
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
PBIB0828E
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF985Y
EC-500
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
(PURG VOL CONT/V valve)
EC
100%
Yes
0%
No
PBIB0149E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
PBIB0150E
M
SEF334VA
2.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals 2 and 4 by heating with hot water or heat gun as
shown in the figure.
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
SEF852Z
EC-501
4.
Voltage [V]
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard any EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in)
onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new
one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
SEF198V
EC-502
A
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
C
CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 25.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-503
PFP:25060
UBS00DBV
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
SEF725Z
UBS00DBW
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DBX
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-504
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DBY
EC
BBWA1066E
EC-505
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DBZ
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
UBS00DC0
EC-506
PFP:17372
A
UBS00DC1
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister. The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank. The vacuum cut
valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains
closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis. The vacuum cut valve
bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM
sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut
valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel
tank.
EC
SEF186S
K
PBIB1402E
UBS00DC2
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1490
UBS00DC3
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted)
EC-507
UBS00DC4
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-510, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-508
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DC5
EC
BBWA1067E
EC-509
WIRE
COLO
R
P/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve bypass
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. INSPECTION START
SEF806Y
EC-510
EC
D
SEF186S
4.
H
SEF192V
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-511
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF807Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure.
SEF557Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
EC-512
PFP:17372
A
UBS00DC7
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister. The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from being applied to the fuel tank. The vacuum cut
valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and generally remains
closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis. The vacuum cut valve
bypass valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM
sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is opened. The vacuum cut
valve is then bypassed to apply intake manifold vacuum to the fuel
tank.
EC
SEF186S
K
PBIB1402E
UBS00DC8
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
EC-513
P1491
UBS00DC9
Possible cause
EVAP canister
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
Select VC CUT/V BP/V P1491 of EVAP SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Shift lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
EC-514
EC
PBIB0841E
8.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC517, "Diagnostic Procedure"
UBS00DCB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
2. Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B .
3. Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A .
4. Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A .
5. Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
6. Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
7. Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
8. If NG, go to EC-517, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF530Q
EC-515
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DCC
BBWA1067E
EC-516
EC
WIRE
COLOR
P/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve bypass
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DCD
1. INSPECTION START
2. CHECK COMPONENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch ON.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
M
SEF808Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC-517
3. CHECK COMPONENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
SEF914U
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC-518
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity.
Perform VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
EC
E
SEF807Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity shown in the figure.
I
SEF557Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
SEF186S
SEF379Q
EC-519
9. CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
SEF341V
BBIA0308E
EC-520
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
EC
SEF803Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-521
EC-522
PFP:32006
A
UBS00DCE
When the shift lever position is N or P (A/T), Neutral (M/T) park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the park/neutral position when continuity with ground
exists.
EC
H
LEC096A
UBS00DCF
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
P1706
UBS00DCG
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
EC-523
UBS00DCH
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. Then check the P/N POSI SW signal under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever)
Known-good signal
P or N (A/T)
Neutral (M/T)
ON
OFF
3.
4.
5.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Shift lever
Suitable position
6.
SEF213Y
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-526, "Diagnostic Procedure For M/T Models" or EC-527, "Diagnostic
Procedure For A/T Models" .
UBS00DCI
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position switch circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 22 (PNP switch signal)
and body ground under the following conditions.
Position (Shift lever)
P or N (A/T)
Neutral (M/T)
Approx. 0
Approx. 5
3.
EC-524
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DCJ
EC
BBWA1068E
EC-525
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
22
L/B
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
UBS00DCK
AEC877A
EC-526
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
UBS00DCL
L
BBIA0432E
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF661W
EC-527
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF855Z
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-528
7. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
12V (1 and 2) applied
No voltage applied
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
K
SEC202B
EC-529
PFP:31705
UBS00DCM
Engine speed
Throttle position
ECM function
Torque converter
lock-up control
Actuator
Torque converter clutch solenoid
valve
The ECM controls torque converter clutch solenoid valve to cancel the lock-up condition of A/T. When the
solenoid valve is turned ON, lock-up is cancelled . When the solenoid valve is turned OFF, A/T lock-up is
operational.
Conditions for lock-up cancel:
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned ON when;
Engine is stopped
Conditions for lock-up operation:
Under 55 to 63 km/h (34 to 39 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up does not operate even when the
torque converter clutch solenoid valve is OFF.
Over 58 to 66 km/h (36 to 41 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up should operate because the torque
converter clutch solenoid valve is OFF.
To confirm vehicle lock-up, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve must be in operation (ON during idle and deceleration, and OFF during acceleration) and engine speed should drop. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up, the engine speed should not change
abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there will be no lock up.
MONITOR ITEM
TCC SOL/V
UBS00DCN
SPECIFICATION
Idle
ON
2,000 rpm
OFF
UBS00DCO
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The circuit is open or shorted).
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
4.
WITH CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Wait at least 5 seconds.
If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-532, "Diagnostic Procedure"
.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
EC-530
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DCQ
EC
BBWA1069E
EC-531
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
115
L/Y
Idle Speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DCR
SEF507V
4.
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF422V
10A fuse
Harness continuity between torque converter clutch solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-532
EC
Harness for open and short between torque converter clutch solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.
K
SEF233V
3.
SEF507V
UBS00DCS
EC-533
PFP:31705
UBS00DCT
ECM controls torque converter clutch solenoid valve with the signals below.
Sensor
Engine speed
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Torque converter
lock-up control
Actuator
The ECM controls torque converter clutch solenoid valve to cancel the lock-up condition of A/T. When the
solenoid valve is turned ON, lock-up is cancelled . When the solenoid valve is turned OFF, A/T lock-up is
operational.
Conditions for lock-up cancel:
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve is turned ON when;
Engine is stopped
Conditions for lock-up operation:
Under 55 to 63 km/h (34 to 39 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up does not operate even when the
torque converter clutch solenoid valve is OFF.
Over 58 to 66 km/h (36 to 41 MPH) (2/8 throttle on flat road), lock-up should operate because the torque
converter clutch solenoid valve is OFF.
To confirm vehicle lock-up, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve must be in operation (ON during idle and deceleration, and OFF during acceleration) and engine speed should drop. When the
accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2/8) in lock-up, the engine speed should not change
abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there will be no lock up.
UBS00DCU
CONDITON
SPECIFICATION
Idle
ON
2,000 rpm
OFF
UBS00DCV
Possible Cause
Torque converter
UBS00DCW
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform at a temperature above 10C (14F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Start engine.
EC-534
EC
C
PEF859U
5.
Touch START.
E
G
PEF235V
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 20 seconds.)
I
Selector lever
D (OD ON)
Vehicle speed
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
7 - 16 msec
7.
PEF861U
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-535
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DCX
2.
SEF233V
3.
SEF234V
Valve, and sleeve slide along valve bore under their own weight.
Valve, and sleeve are free from burrs, dents and scratches.
Control valve springs are free from damage, deformation and fatigue.
SAT740H
EC-536
UBS00DCY
EC-537
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
UBS00DCZ
IGN TIMING
CONDITION
No-load
UBS00DD0
SPECIFICATION
Idle
Approx. 20 BTDC
2,000 rpm
EC-538
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DD1
EC
BBWA0458E
EC-539
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
SEF996V
PU/W
Ignition signal
0.2 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
SEF997V
12 - 14V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
SEF998V
Ignition check
12 - 13V
[Engine is running]
SEF999V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DD2
1. INSPECTION START
EC-540
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
K
SEF984Z
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-541
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
SEF344V
4.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
AEC698
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ignition switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-542
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Stop engine.
Disconnect distributor harness connector F13.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power
transistor terminal 1.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
EC
D
SEF344V
7-8
Less than 1
7-9
7 - 13
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly as a unit.
AEC150A
Resistance
Result
Except 0
OK
NG
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly.
AEC151A
EC-543
IGNITION SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
SEF344V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace resistor.
SEF240V
UBS00DD3
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-544
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
A
UBS00DD4
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
EC
D
SEF812J
UBS00DD5
INJ PULSE-B1
B/FUEL SCHDL
CONDITION
No-load
No-load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EC-545
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DD6
BBWA0459E
EC-546
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
102
104
109
111
W/B
W/R
W/L
W/PU
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 4
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle.
E
SEF011W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF012W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-547
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DD7
SEF981Z
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 2.
1.
2.
MEC703B
Stop engine.
Disconnect injector harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between injector terminal 1 and ground with
CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF271W
EC-548
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[KA24DE]
10A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace injector.
SEF273W
UBS00DD8
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-13, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-549
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
UBS00DD9
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
EC-550
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DDA
EC
BBWA1070E
EC-551
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
20
WIRE
COLOR
L/OR
ITEM
CONDITION
Start signal
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DDB
1. INSPECTION START
SEF227Y
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF109P
EC-552
START SIGNAL
[KA24DE]
EC
G
SEF224V
EC-553
PFP:17042
UBS00DDC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM function
Actuator
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 180 signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to perform. If the 180 signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition
Operates.
Stops.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank).
SFE425A
UBS00DDD
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EC-554
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DDE
EC
BBWA1071E
EC-555
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
11
W/R
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DDF
SEF348V
LEC103A
3.
4.
: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF225V
EC-556
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF334VA
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-557
SEF724Z
Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5.
Conditions
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump relay.
SEF511P
SEF846Z
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
EC-558
UBS00DDG
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-559
PFP:49761
UBS00DDH
SEF351V
UBS00DDI
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-560
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DDJ
EC
AEC012B
EC-561
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
39
GY/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DDK
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Check PW/ST SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
LEC065A
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
Voltage [V]
Approx. 0
Approx. 5
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF662P
EC-562
Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector then start engine.
Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminal 1 and ground.
Conditions
EC
Continuity
Yes
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
I
SEF230V
UBS00EM1
EC-563
PFP:23781
UBS00DDL
When the air conditioner is ON, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve supplies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
SEF342V
EC-564
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DDM
EC
BBWA1072E
EC-565
WIRE
COLO
R
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
12
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
*: Ambient air temperature above 10C (50F) and in any mode except OFF.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DDN
3.
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
MEF634E
EC-566
Stop engine.
Disconnect IACV-FICD solenoid valve harness connector.
Start engine, then push A/C switch ON and turn fan switch to 4speed.
EC
D
SEF342V
4.
H
SEF133V
Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
1.
2.
EC-567
Check for clicking sound when applying 12V direct current to terminals.
SEF231V
SEF097K
EC-568
PFP:24814
A
UBS00DDO
EC
BBWA1073E
EC-569
PFP:14950
UBS00DDP
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow
rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as
the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-570
EC
SEF712Z
EC-571
WEC555
EC-572
Component Inspection
UBS00DDQ
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
2. Blow air into port A and check that air flows freely through port
B.
EC
D
SEF314V
Tightening Torque
H
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1.
SEF445Y
2.
EC-573
SEF943S
SEF462UC
UBS00DDR
CAUTION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select the EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT
MODE with CONSULT-II.
Touch START. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF658U
6.
7.
PEF917U
EC-574
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
EC
C
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port and pressure pump with pressure
gauge to the EVAP service port.
Apply battery voltage to between the terminals of both EVAP
canister vent control valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
to make a closed EVAP system.
To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2 , 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
Remove the EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
H
SEF503V
5.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-571, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U
EC-575
PFP:00032
UBS00DDS
SEF206VA
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-46, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
EC-576
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DDT
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
>> GO TO 4.
J
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-577
PBIB1032E
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-578
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
C
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
D
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
E
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge F
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-579
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
EC-580
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
F
PBIB1032E
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
EC-581
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-582
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other C
side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
D
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
E
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
F
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-583
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel gauge retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge
retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-584
1.
2.
3.
EC
SEF665U
EC-585
PFP:11810
UBS00DDU
AEC042B
Inspection
UBS00DDV
SEF244Q
VENTILATION HOSE
1.
EC-586
Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
EC
C
SET277
EC-587
PFP:00030
UBS00DDW
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing*1
UBS00DDX
A/T
M/T
A/T
M/T
A/T
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
A/T
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
75050 rpm
80050 rpm
205 BTDC
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-II WORK SUPPORT mode
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Under the following conditions:
Electrical load: OFF (Lighting switch, heater fan and rear window defogger)
Ignition Coil
Primary voltage
UBS00DDY
Battery voltage 12
Approximately 1.0
Approximately 10
UBS00DDZ
Supply voltage
Output voltage
0.9 - 1.8*
UBS00DE0
C (F)
Resistance
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
UBS00DE1
Voltage
(V)
Resistance
(M)
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
Fuel Pump
Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
UBS00DE2
0.2 - 5.0
EC-588
IACV-AAC Valve
Resistance [at 25C (77F)]
UBS00DE3
Approximately 10.0
Injector
UBS00DE4
EC
7.4 - 10.9
Resistor
UBS00DE5
Approximately 2.2
UBS00DE6
D
Voltage (at normal operating temp., engine off, ignition switch on)
0.2 - 0.8V
Partially open
3.5 - 4.5V
UBS00DE7
UBS00DE8
3.3 - 4.0
9.5 - 34.0%
At 2,500 rpm
13.9 - 24.9%
UBS00DE9
C (F)
Resistance
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 0.38
UBS00DEA
K
3.3 - 4.0
UBS00DEB
512 - 632
20 (68)
UBS00DEC
C (F)
Resistance
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
EC-589
PFP:00024
UBS00DED
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
EC-652
P0731
AT-270
P0732
AT-276
P0733
AT-281
P0734
AT-286
P0600*3
EC-1006
P1605
EC-1129
P0744
AT-298
P0710
AT-255
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
EC-869
P1336
EC-1054
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
EC-1048
CLOSED LOOP-B2
P1168
EC-1048
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
P0510
EC-999
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
EC-875
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
EC-857
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
EC-857
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
EC-857
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
EC-857
CYL5 MISFIRE
P0305
EC-857
CYL6 MISFIRE
P0306
EC-857
ECM
P0605
EC-1012
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
EC-748
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
EC-748
ECT SENSOR
P0125
EC-770
EGRC-BPT VALVE
P0402
EC-891
EGR SOLENOID/V
P1400
EC-1060
EGR SYSTEM
P0400
EC-882
EGR SYSTEM
P1402
EC-1065
P0405
EC-897
P0406
EC-897
P0217
EC-852
P1217
EC-1050
P0725
AT-266
P0455
EC-955
P0441
EC-908
P0442
EC-916
P1442
EC-1073
P0452
EC-941
Item
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Unable to access ECM
EC-590
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P0453
EC-947
P0456
EC-966
P1456
EC-1098
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
EC-848
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
EC-848
FTT SENSOR
P0181
EC-843
P0460
EC-977
P1464
EC-1108
P0461
EC-981
P0462
EC-983
P0463
EC-983
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
EC-828
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
P0174
EC-828
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
EC-836
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
P0175
EC-836
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
EC-778
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
EC-787
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
EC-799
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
EC-1014
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
EC-1020
HO2S1 (B2)
P0152
EC-778
HO2S1 (B2)
P0153
EC-787
HO2S1 (B2)
P0154
EC-799
HO2S1 (B2)
P1163
EC-1014
HO2S1 (B2)
P1164
EC-1020
P0031
EC-711
P0032
EC-711
P0051
EC-711
P0052
EC-711
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
EC-809
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
EC-818
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
EC-1027
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
EC-1038
HO2S2 (B2)
P0158
EC-809
HO2S2 (B2)
P0159
EC-818
HO2S2 (B2)
P1166
EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2)
P1167
EC-1038
P0037
EC-719
P0038
EC-719
P0057
EC-719
P0058
EC-719
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
EC-742
Item
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC-591
EC
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
EC-742
IAT SENSOR
P0127
EC-773
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0505
EC-992
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
EC-865
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
EC-865
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-306
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
EC-727
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
EC-735
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
EC-735
P0300
EC-857
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FORTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
P1760
AT-329
P1706
EC-1135
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-249
P0444
EC-928
P0445
EC-928
P1444
EC-1075
P0750
AT-311
P0755
AT-316
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-293
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
EC-776
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
AT-321
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
EC-753
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0122
EC-762
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0123
EC-762
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
EC-903
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
P0430
EC-903
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
EC-1117
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
EC-1111
P0720
AT-261
P0500
EC-987
P0447
EC-935
P1446
EC-1084
P1448
EC-1090
Item
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC-592
UBS00DEE
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
EC-652
P0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031
EC-711
P0032
EC-711
P0037
EC-719
P0038
EC-719
P0051
EC-711
P0052
EC-711
P0057
EC-719
P0058
EC-719
P0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-727
P0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-735
P0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-735
P0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-742
P0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-742
P0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-748
P0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-748
P0121
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-753
P0122
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-762
P0123
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-762
P0125
ECT SENSOR
EC-770
P0127
IAT SENSOR
EC-773
P0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
EC-776
P0132
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-778
P0133
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-787
P0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-799
P0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-809
P0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-818
P0152
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-778
P0153
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-787
P0154
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-799
P0158
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-809
P0159
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-818
P0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-828
P0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-836
P0174
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
EC-828
P0175
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
EC-836
P0181
FTT SENSOR
EC-843
P0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-848
P0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-848
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
EC-593
EC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P0217
EC-852
P0300
EC-857
P0301
CYL1 MISFIRE
EC-857
P0302
CYL2 MISFIRE
EC-857
P0303
CYL3 MISFIRE
EC-857
P0304
CYL4 MISFIRE
EC-857
P0305
CYL5 MISFIRE
EC-857
P0306
CYL6 MISFIRE
EC-857
P0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-865
P0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-865
P0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-869
P0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-875
P0400
EGR SYSTEM
EC-882
P0402
EGRC-BPT VALVE
EC-891
P0405
EC-897
P0406
EC-897
P0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-903
P0430
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
EC-903
P0441
EC-908
P0442
EC-916
P0444
EC-928
P0445
EC-928
P0447
EC-935
P0452
EC-941
P0453
EC-947
P0455
EC-955
P0456
EC-966
P0460
EC-977
P0461
EC-981
P0462
EC-983
P0463
EC-983
P0500
EC-987
P0505
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
EC-992
P0510
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
EC-999
EC-1006
P0605
ECM
EC-1012
P0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-249
P0710
AT-255
P0720
AT-261
P0600*3
P0725
AT-266
P0731
AT-270
P0732
AT-276
EC-594
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P0733
AT-281
P0734
AT-286
P0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-293
P0744
AT-298
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-306
P0750
AT-311
P0755
AT-316
P1143
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1014
P1144
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1020
P1146
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1027
P1147
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1038
P1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
EC-1048
P1163
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1014
P1164
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1020
P1166
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1027
P1167
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1038
P1168
CLOSED LOOP-B2
EC-1048
P1217
EC-1050
P1336
EC-1054
P1400
EGR SOLENOID/V
EC-1060
P1402
EGR SYSTEM
EC-1065
P1442
EC-1073
P1444
EC-1075
P1446
EC-1084
P1448
EC-1090
P1456
EC-1098
P1464
EC-1108
P1490
VC/V BYPASS/V
EC-1111
P1491
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
EC-1117
P1605
EC-1129
P1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-321
P1706
EC-1135
P1760
AT-329
EC-595
EC
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
PFP:00001
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
UBS00EM6
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system may include seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. If
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the
front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and
whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is
included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the passenger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated
by the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled
and will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle
arrived for service.
UBS00DEG
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS
CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system,
etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-596
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
Precautions
UBS00DEH
EC
LEC027A
EC-597
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
SEF707Y
SEF308Q
EC-598
SEF291H
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-673, "ECM Terminals and Reference Value"
.
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
EC
C
MEF040D
G
SEF217U
SEF348N
EC-599
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33E]
SEC893C
EC-600
UBS00DEI
PREPARATION
[VG33E]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
UBS00DEJ
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
EG17650301
(J-33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
EC
S-NT564
KV10117100
(J-36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
G
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 2
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge kit
K
LEC642
(J-45178)
TPS test connector
M
LEC120A
EC-601
PREPARATION
[VG33E]
UBS00DEK
Description
Leak detector
i.e.: (J-41416)
NT703
NT704
NT653
Socket wrench
NT705
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.: (Permatex 133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
AEM489
EC-602
PFP:23710
A
UBS00DEL
EC
PBIB1464E
EC-603
UBS00DEM
BBIA0183E
EC-604
System Chart
UBS00DEN
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Ignition switch
Knock sensor
Battery voltage
EC
EGR control
EGRC-solenoid valve
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM.
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*4: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
UBS00DEO
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position
Gear position
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
ECM function
Actuator
M
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Fuel injector
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
EC-605
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-778 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-606
G
SEF179U
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
UBS00DEP
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
EC-607
ECM function
Ignition
timing control
Actuator
Power transistor
At starting
SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
UBS00DEQ
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
Actuator
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
UBS00DER
Vehicle speed
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
EC-608
ECM function
Fuel cut
control
Actuator
Fuel injector
EC-609
PFP:00018
UBS00DES
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-610
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumination, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-611
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Visually check the following:
Air cleaner clogging
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Electrical connectors
Gasket
Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
6.
Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about
2 minutes under no load.
7. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace components as necessary.
2. GO TO 2.
SEF977U
EC-612
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no-load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed.
EC
D
SEF978U
3.
4.
H
BBIA0424E
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF927Z
BBIA0425E
EC-613
SEF058Y
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no-load then run engine at idle speed.
Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
M/T: 70050 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position)
>> GO TO 6.
LEC513
EC-614
SEF058Y
EC
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 8.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
H
PBIB0120E
1.
EC-615
M
PBIB2157E
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no-load.
See HO2S1 MNTR (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode.
Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature.), check that the monitor
fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH LEAN RICH
2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
5. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 51 and ground.
6. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC-616
PBIB0120E
PBIB2157E
With CONSULT-II
1. See HO2S1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5
times during 10 seconds.
EC
PBIB0120E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.
2. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 16.
NG (Voltage fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 14.
PBIB2157E
EC-617
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1).
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load.
See HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5
times during 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH LEAN RICH
2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1).
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
5. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.
6. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
EC-618
PBIB0120E
PBIB2157E
A
Stop engine and disconnect battery ground cable.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector.
C
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> 1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace harness.
2. GO TO 8 (With CONSULT-II).
GO TO 9 (Without CONSULT-II).
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-619
SEF172Y
2.
PBIB1436E
SEF976U
2.
3.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed.
Check CO%.
Idle CO: 1.5 - 9.5%
4.
Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%,
EC-620
SEF978U
EC
>> GO TO 2.
UBS00DET
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
SEF013Y
3.
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 Nm (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
4.
M
SEF970R
5.
SEF971R
With GST
1.
EC-621
Check voltage between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground.
SEF774U
3.
When the voltage is between 3.12 to 3.52V, make sure that the
center of mark A is aligned with mark B as shown in the figure.
If NG, adjust by turning adjusting screw.
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 Nm (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
4.
SEF970R
5.
SEF971R
UBS00DEU
SEF214Y
EC-622
EC
SEF164X
Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, A/C etc.). Fuel
pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in manifold
vacuum.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnect fitting between the connection of the fuel feed hose (from tank) and the fuel hose (to
engine).
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connect adapter
hose) to the quick disconnect fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling:
With vacuum hose connected
With vacuum hose disconnected
WEC875
UBS00DEV
SEF928U
EC-623
Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vacuum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
SEF718BA
EC-624
PFP:00028
A
UBS00DEW
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
SAE Mode
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
Freeze Frame
data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
GST
*1
*1: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-652 .)
UBS00DEX
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
X: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
2nd trip
Blinking
Lighting
up
Blinking
Lighting
up
Except above
EC-625
: Not applicable
1st trip
displaying
Items
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
UBS00DEY
: Not applicable
CONSULT-II
GST
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
P0000
P0031
*4
EC-711
P0032
*4
EC-711
P0037
*4
EC-719
P0038
*4
EC-719
P0051
*4
EC-711
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
P0052
EC-711
P0057
*4
EC-719
P0058
*4
EC-719
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
EC-727
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
EC-735
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
EC-735
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
EC-742
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
EC-742
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
EC-748
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
EC-748
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
EC-753
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0122
EC-762
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0123
EC-762
ECT SENSOR
P0125
EC-770
IAT SENSOR
P0127
EC-773
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
EC-776
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
EC-778
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
*4
EC-787
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
EC-799
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
EC-809
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
EC-818
HO2S1 (B2)
P0152
EC-778
HO2S1 (B2)
P0153
EC-787
HO2S1 (B2)
P0154
EC-799
HO2S2 (B2)
P0158
EC-809
HO2S2 (B2)
P0159
*4
EC-818
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
EC-828
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
EC-836
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
P0174
EC-828
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
P0175
EC-836
FTT SENSOR
P0181
EC-843
EC-626
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
EC-848
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
EC-848
P0217
EC-852
P0300
EC-857
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
EC-857
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
EC-857
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
EC-857
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
EC-857
CYL5 MISFIRE
P0305
EC-857
CYL6 MISFIRE
P0306
EC-857
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
EC-865
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
EC-865
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
EC-869
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
EC-875
EGR SYSTEM
P0400
EC-882
EGRC-BPT VALVE
P0402
*4
EC-891
P0405
EC-897
P0406
EC-897
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
*4
EC-903
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
P0430
*4
EC-903
EC-908
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
P0441
P0442
EC-916
P0444
EC-928
P0445
EC-928
P0447
EC-935
P0452
EC-941
P0453
EC-947
P0455
EC-955
P0456
EC-966
P0460
EC-977
P0461
EC-981
P0462
EC-983
P0463
EC-983
P0500
EC-987
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0505
EC-992
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
P0510
EC-999
P0600
EC-1006
ECM
P0605
EC-1012
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-249
P0710
AT-255
P0720
AT-261
EC-627
EC
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
P0725
AT-266
P0731
AT-270
P0732
AT-276
P0733
AT-281
P0734
AT-286
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-293
P0744
AT-298
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-306
P0750
AT-311
P0755
AT-316
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
EC-1014
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
*4
EC-1020
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
*4
EC-1027
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
*4
EC-1038
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
EC-1048
HO2S1 (B2)
P1163
*4
EC-1014
HO2S1 (B2)
P1164
EC-1020
HO2S2 (B2)
P1166
*4
EC-1027
HO2S2 (B2)
P1167
*4
EC-1038
CLOSED LOOP-B2
P1168
EC-1048
P1217
EC-1050
P1336
EC-1054
EGR SOLENOID/V
P1400
EC-1060
EGR SYSTEM
P1402
EC-1065
P1442
*4
EC-1073
P1444
EC-1075
P1446
EC-1084
P1448
EC-1090
P1456
*3
*4
EC-1098
P1464
EC-1108
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
EC-1111
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
EC-1117
P1605
EC-1129
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
AT-321
P1706
EC-1135
P1760
AT-329
EC-628
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0705, P0750, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
PBIB0911E
EC-629
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance Priority *
CATALYST
P0420, P0430
EVAPRAITIVE SYSTEM
P0442, P1442
P0456, P1456
P0441
EC-630
Performance Priority *
HO2S
HO2S HEATER
EGR SYSTEM
P0133, P0153
P1143, P1163
P1144, P1164
P0139, P0157
P1146, P1166
EC
P1147, P1167
EGR function
P0400
P0402
EGR function
P1402
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
All OK
Example
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Case 3
Diagnosis
Ignition
OFF ON
OFF
Ignition
OFF ON
OFF
Ignition
OFF ON
OFF
Ignition
OFF ON OFF
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
OK (2)
(2)
P0402
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
P0402
(0)
(0)
OK (1)
(1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK
OK
P0402
P1402
NG
NG
NG (Consecutive NG)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF ON OFF), the SRT
will indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate CMPLT. Case 3 above
EC-631
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis result.
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
EC-632
EC
SEF573XA
*1
EC-629
*2
EC-634
*3
EC-633
EC-634
WITH GST
Selecting MODE 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
EC-634
EC
PBIB1400E
EC-635
Sea level
Flat road
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
The engine is started at the tank fuel temperature of warmer than 0C (32F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 60 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
SEF414S
EC-636
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
64 (40)
64 (40)
4th to 5th
72 (45)
72 (45)
EC
km/h (MPH)
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st
50 (30)
2nd
95 (60)
CID
Test
limit
Conversion
P0420
01H
01H
Max.
1/128
P0420
02H
81H
Min.
P0430
03H
02H
Max.
1/128
P0430
04H
82H
Min.
P0442
05H
03H
Max.
1/128mm2
P0441
06H
83H
Min.
20mV
P0456
07H
03H
Max.
1/128mm2
P1456
07H
03H
Max.
1/128mm2
DTC
EVAP SYSTEM
EVAP control system (Very small leak)
EC-637
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
Item
EGR function
EGR SYSTEM
CID
Test
limit
Conversion
P0133
09H
04H
Max.
16ms
P1143
0AH
84H
Min.
10mV
DTC
P1144
0BH
04H
Max.
10mV
P0132
0CH
04H
Max.
10mV
P0134
0DH
04H
Max.
1s
P0153
11H
05H
Max.
16ms
P1163
12H
85H
Min.
10mV
P1164
13H
05H
Max.
10mV
P0152
14H
05H
Max.
10mV
P0154
15H
05H
Max.
1s
P0139
19H
86H
Min.
10mV/500ms
P1147
1AH
86H
Min.
10mV
P1146
1BH
06H
Max.
10mV
P0138
1CH
06H
Max.
10mV
P0159
21H
87H
Min.
10mV/500ms
P1167
22H
87H
Min.
10mV
P1166
23H
07H
Max.
10mV
P0158
24H
07H
Max.
10mV
P0032
29H
08H
Max.
20mV
P0031
2AH
88H
Min.
20mV
P0052
2BH
09H
Max.
20mV
P0051
2CH
89H
Min.
20mV
P0038
2DH
0AH
Max.
20mV
P0037
2EH
8AH
Min.
20mV
P0058
2FH
0BH
Max.
20mV
P0057
30H
8BH
Min.
20mV
P0400
31H
8CH
Min.
1C
P0400
32H
8CH
Min.
1C
P0400
33H
8CH
Min.
1C
P0400
34H
8CH
Min.
1C
P1402
35H
0CH
Max.
1C
P0402
36H
0CH
Max.
1count
P0402
37H
8CH
Min.
1count
EC-638
Touch ENGINE.
A
Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Touch ERASE. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased indiEC
vidually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
K
SEF823YD
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
WITH GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-590 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-188 . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Test values
EC-639
UBS00DEZ
DESCRIPTION
SEF217U
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Engine stopped
Engine running
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
UBS00DF0
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-625, "Two Trip Detection
Logic" .
EC-640
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, A
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and EC
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
C
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1, *2
*1, *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-643 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-645 .
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-641
SEF392S
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for
will not be displayed any longer after
the first time, the 1st trip DTC and
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C)
the 1st trip freeze frame data will be
without the same malfunction. (The
stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is
detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
EC-642
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
EC
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the
same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-643
SEF393SD
EC-644
EC
G
AEC574
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-645
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
UBS00DF1
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the EC-647, "WORK FLOW" .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
EC-646
SEF234G
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
EC
PBIB1043E
*1
*2
*4
*5
EC-647
*6
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Description For Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-649, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-638 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st trip)
freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-665 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
STEP V
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-652 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-699, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SPECIFICATION VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-665 .)
STEP VI
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-673 , EC-694 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-703, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
STEP VII
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer to EC-638 and AT-187 .)
EC-648
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC
D
SEF907L
EC-649
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Worksheet Sample
LEC031A
EC-650
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
UBS00DF2
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
1
P0500 VSS
P0605 ECM
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0705-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
EC
EC-651
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Fail-safe Chart
UBS00DF3
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-sate mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
Detected items
P0102
P0103
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
40 - 80C (104 - 176F)
(Depends on the time)
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Unable to
access ECM
ECM
Poor acceleration
Fuel injection
Ignition timing
Fuel pump
IACV-AAC valve
Full open
Basic Inspection
UBS00DF4
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
EC-652
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
A
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or the current need
for scheduled maintenance.
EC
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
C
Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 2.
With GST>>GO TO 2.
With No Tools>> GO TO 15.
SEF983U
With CONSULT-II
Connect CONSULT-II to the data link connector for CONSULT-II and select ENGINE from the menu. Refer to
EC-683, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
With GST
Connect GST to the data link connector for GST.
Refer to EC-693, "INSPECTION PROCEDURE" .
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 3.
With GST>>GO TO 14.
EC-653
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF013Y
4.
The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-621, "Fast Idle Cam (FIC)
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 4.
SEF971R
PEF546N
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 5.
EC-654
SEF927Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Select TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ in WORK SUPPORT mode
and touch START.
2. Check idle speed.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting
screw. Refer to EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/
Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 6.
SEC019C
>> GO TO 7.
EC-655
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
BBIA0419E
SEF173Y
CLSD THL/P SW signal should remain ON while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
CLSD THL/P SW signal should remain OFF while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
Do not touch throttle drum when checking CLSD THL/P SW signal, doing so may cause an
incorrect adjustment.
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 3.
3. Stop engine.
4. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-656
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
EC
BBIA0419E
5.
SEF305Y
With CONSULT-II
Turn throttle position sensor body counterclockwise until CLSD
THL/P SW signal switches to OFF.
>> GO TO 11.
L
M
SEF689W
EC-657
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF689W
SEF864V
8.
SEF197Y
EC-658
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select ENG SPEED in DATA MONITOR mode.
3. Check idle speed.
EC
E
SEF174Y
With GST
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select MODE 1 with GST.
Start engine and warm it up.
When engine coolant temperature is 75 to 85C (167 to 185F), check the following.
The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-621, "Fast Idle Cam (FIC)
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
SEF971R
EC-659
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF119W
3.
The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-621, "Fast Idle Cam (FIC)
Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
SEF971R
BBIA0424E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 17.
EC-660
SEF927Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Make sure that throttle position sensor harness connector remain disconnected.
2. Does engine speed fall to the following speed?
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Adjust engine speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw. Refer to EC-610, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 18.
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always check ignition timing and base idle speed before performing the following.
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam, refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 19.
SEF862V
Insert the 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle
drum as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> GO TO 20.
BBIA0419E
EC-661
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity, doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
4. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
>> GO TO 21.
BBIA0419E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> GO TO 22.
SEF862V
SEF689W
EC-662
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the
throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is
opened.
Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.4 mm
(0.016 in) feeler gauge.
Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist
when the throttle valve is closed.
Tighten throttle position sensor.
Check the continuity again.
EC
E
SEF689W
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> GO TO 20.
>> GO TO 25.
SEF864V
25. REINSTALLATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connector.
2. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle
speed.
>> GO TO 26.
EC-663
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
EC-664
and AT-187,
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
UBS00DF5
Air
3
2
A
K
AL
AJ
AH
A
G
AF
A
E
IDLING VIBRATION
A
D
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
A
C
A
B
A
M
H
A
1
Reference
page
EC-1158
EC-1173
1
3
2
3
1
2
EC-1191
EC-1167
EC-610
Ignition circuit
EC-1142
EC-1060
EC-665
3
1
2
EC-992
EGR system
EC-610
EC-1148
EC-623
EGR
A
A
EC
Ignition
Injector circuit
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
EC-704
MTC-22
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
AJ
A
K
AL
2
2
EC-748, EC770
EC-753, EC762
EC-652
3
3
EC-865
EC-1012,
EC-652
EC-1154
EC-987
3
3
2
H
A
EC-875
2
3
ECM
A
M
Reference
page
EC-727, EC735
AH
A
G
1
1
AF
A
E
A
D
A
C
IDLING VIBRATION
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
A
B
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
A
A
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
3
2
EC-666
EC-1135
EC-1163
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
A
Fuel piping
AL
A
M
H
A
AJ
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
AH
A
G
AF
A
K
C
Reference
section
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline,
Low octane)
Air
FL-3
Vapor lock
A
E
A
D
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
A
C
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
A
B
Fuel tank
A
A
EC
IDLING VIBRATION
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
H
5
Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor throttle
body)
Throttle body, Throttle wire
Generator circuit
5
4
EM-80
SC-4
SC-26
SC-9
MT-46, AT249
Battery
Starter circuit
EM-80
EC-667
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
AH
AJ
A
K
A
G
AF
A
E
A
D
A
C
IDLING VIBRATION
A
B
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
A
A
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
Cylinder head
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Engine
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
AL
A
M
H
A
Reference
section
EM-102
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
3
6
Bearing
EM-131, EM91
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Timing chain
Camshaft
Intake valve
Exhaust valve
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gasket
EX-3
Cooling
Water pump
Water gallery
Cooling fan
6
5
5
MA-26
EC-668
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
UBS00DF6
EC
BBIA0426E
EC-669
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
BBIA0180E
EC-670
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
A
EC
F
PBIB1177E
PBIB1468E
EC-671
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Circuit Diagram
UBS00DF7
BBWA0464E
EC-672
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
UBS00DF8
EC
SEF533P
UBS00DF9
PREPARATION
1.
H
LEC106A
2.
AEC913
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
EC-673
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF988U
PU/W
Ignition signal
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF989U
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1 - 2V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF992U
P/L
Tachometer
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
SEF993U
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
EC-674
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
BATTERY VOLTAGE
EC
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
R/Y
Idle speed
SEF994U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
F
SEF995U
Y/G
G
0 - 3.0V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
H
0V
[Engine is running]
9
B/Y
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
10
B/R
ECM ground
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 5V
Engine ground
11
W/R
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
12
R/W
Malfunction indicator
lamp
B/R
ECM ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
19
[Engine is running]
18
0 - 1V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-675
Engine ground
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
20
WIRE
COLOR
L/OR
ITEM
Start signal
CONDITION
Approximately 0V
9 - 12V
[Engine is running]
21
G/R
[Engine is running]
L/B
Park/neutral position
(PNP) switch
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
23
Warm-up condition
0.15 - 0.85V
24
W/L
Ignition switch
25
B/Y
ECM ground
26
PU/W
Engine stopped
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
P/B
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
27
3.5 - 4.7V
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine ground
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
[Engine is running]
28
BR/W
Warm-up condition
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
2 - 3V
[Engine is running]
29
G/B
32
B/Y
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-676
Engine ground
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
35
WIRE
COLOR
G/R
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
39
GY/R
[Engine is running]
42
B/W
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
EC
Approximately 0V
C
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
E
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
44
48
PU
PU
G
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
46
OR/B
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
M
SEF690W
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
EC-677
1 - 2V
(AC range)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
47
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
49
LG
SEF999U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
0 - Approximately 1.0V
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.7 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
EC-678
0 - Approximately 1.0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
EC
0 - Approximately 1.0V
59
LG/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with engine
coolant temperature
60
Y/B
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
temperature
61
PU/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
62
1.8 - 4.8V
G
[Engine is running]
63
64
G/OR
Knock sensor
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
66
[Engine is running]
67
B/P
68
W/G
A/T signal
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
0 - 1.5V
I
Approximately 2.5V
J
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0 - 5.0V
[Engine is running]
69
LG/R
72
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
80
SB
Power supply
(Back-up)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC-679
6 - 10V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF005V
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF692W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
102
104
106
109
111
113
W/B
W/R
W/G
W/L
W/PU
W
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 6
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF007V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF008V
[Engine is running]
103
G/W
EGRC-solenoid valve
108
R/G
116
B/R
ECM ground
117
B/P
Current return
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-680
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
119
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
120
P/B
EC
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
121
BR
Warm-up condition
Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
122
R/B
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
Warm-up condition
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
123
R/Y
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
Warm-up condition
J
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
124
B/R
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
Idle speed
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air temperature is above 25C (77F).
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
UBS00DFA
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor
Input/Output specification of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
data monitor items can be read.
EC-681
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Test values
Others
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
Knock sensor
INPUT
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
Battery voltage
EC-682
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
ACTIVE
TEST
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
Injectors
IACV-AAC valve
SRT
STATUS
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-685, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
EC
EGRC-solenoid valve
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
L
LEC104A
3.
4.
MBIB0233E
EC-683
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
5.
Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF948Y
6.
SEF949Y
CONDITION
USAGE
SELF-LEARNING CONT
EC-684
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
WORK ITEM
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
CONDITION
USAGE
IGN SW ON
EC
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ*
IDLE CONDITION
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-590, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Description
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
to EC-590, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL SYS-B2 *
EC-685
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Freeze frame data
item *
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
MAIN
SIGNALS
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
Description
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated.
The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
EC-686
Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
FUEL T/TMP SE
[C] or [F]
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
MAIN
SIGNALS
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
AMB TEMP SW
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
CLSD THL/P SW
[ON/OFF]
Description
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
IACV-AAC/V [%]
EC-687
Remarks
EC
After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value
computed by the ECM according to the
input signals.
The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signal) is
indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
ON: Open
OFF: Closed
EGRC SOL/V
[ON/OFF]
(FLOW/CUT)
Frequency
[msec] or [Hz] or [%]
Remarks
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-688
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) MODE
Monitored Items
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
Description
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
Remarks
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
IACV-AAC/V
OPENING
POWER BALANCE
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
TEST ITEM
EC
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
Fuel injector
IACV-AAC valve
Compression
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
Fuel injector
EGRC-solenoid valve
EC-689
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
TEST ITEM
PURG VOL
CONT/V
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
VENT CONTROL/V
VC/V BYPASS/V
CONDITION
JUDGEMENT
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM
HO2S1
Test item
Condition
EC-916/EC-1073
EC-966/EC-1098
EC-1075
EC-908
EC-1117
EC-799
EC-1014
EC-1020
EC-787
EC-799
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
HO2S2
EGR SYSTEM
Reference page
EC-1014
EC-1020
EC-787
EC-1027
EC-1038
EC-818
EC-1027
EC-1038
EC-818
EC-882
EGR-BPT/VLV P0402
EC-891
EC-1065
EC-690
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
REAL TIME DIAGNOSIS IN DATA MONITOR MODE (RECORDING VEHICLE DATA)
Description
CONSULT-II has two kinds of triggers and they can be selected by
touching SETTING in DATA MONITOR mode.
1. AUTO TRIG (Automatic trigger):
EC
D
SEF705Y
H
SEF707X
Operation
1.
2.
AUTO TRIG
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip
DTC will be displayed. (Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
MANU TRIG
EC-691
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF720X
UBS00DFB
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
MODE 1
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. (For details, refer to EC-685, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze
Frame Data" .)
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
EC-692
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Diagnostic test mode
Function
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
MODE 6
MODE 7
EC
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
MODE 9
CALIBRATION ID
Engine running
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific vehicle information such
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
LEC104A
3.
4.
AEC059B
EC-693
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
5.
AEC060B
UBS00DFC
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
No load
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
Warm-up condition
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.7 - 2.3V
More than 70C (158F)
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value with the speedometer
indication
11 - 14V
0.15 - 0.85V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
3.5 - 4.7V
START SIGNAL
OFF ON OFF
VHCL SPEED SE
BATTERY VOLT
P/N POSI SW
Ignition switch: ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Except above
OFF
EC-694
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
MONITOR ITEM
PW/ST SIGNAL
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
AMB TEMP SW
ON
IGNITION SW
No load
No load
No load
No load
No load
A/F ALPHA-B1
A/F ALPHA-B2
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 4.8V
OFF ON
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
B/FUEL SCHDL
IGN TIMING
IACV-AAC/V
ON OFF ON
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
VENT CONT/V
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
VC/V BYPASS/V
F
Idle
102 BTDC
2,000 rpm
Idle
10 - 20%
2,000 rpm
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
54 - 155%
EGRC SOL/V
EC
ON
No load
Ignition switch: ON
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
EC-695
OFF
ON
Idle
OFF
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
MONITOR ITEM
CAL/LD VALUE
CONDITION
Idle
18.5 - 26.0%
2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0%
0.0%
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Approx. 80%
Idle
2,500 rpm
No load
No load
Ignition switch: ON
ABSOL THP/S
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
UBS00DFD
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
SEF306Y
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
EC-696
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A
EC
F
SEF241Y
EC-697
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33E]
SEF242YD
EC-698
PFP:00031
A
UBS00DFE
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
UBS00DFF
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
UBS00DFG
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2
and MAS A/F SE-B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-700, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-699
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DFH
LEC089A
EC-700
EC
SEF768Z
EC-701
LEC090A
EC-702
PFP:00006
A
UBS00DFI
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
C
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DFJ
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-703
PFP:24110
UBS00DFK
BBWA0465E
EC-704
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
10
B/R
ECM ground
19
B/R
ECM ground
Ignition switch
25
B/Y
ECM ground
32
B/Y
ECM ground
B/P
72
B/P
80
SB
Engine ground
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
H
Engine ground
Power supply
(Back-up)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
ECM ground
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
ECM ground
Idle speed
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Engine ground
B/R
B/R
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
116
124
C
0 - 1.5V
67
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
W/L
[Engine is running]
24
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
UBS00DFL
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> GO TO 2.
EC-705
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF674U
10A fuse
BBIA0418E
EC-706
Stop engine.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 80 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
D
SEF678U
10A fuse
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12.
L
PBIB2168E
EC-707
LEC106A
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
SEF625W
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F27
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
12. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-708
EC
: Continuity exists.
: No continuity
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
D
SEF090M
I
BBIA0418E
Ground Inspection
UBS00GZ0
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
EC-709
Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-17, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-710
PFP:22690
A
UBS00DFM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION
D
Engine speed
rpm
Above 2,800
OFF
ON
UBS00DFN
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00DFO
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
UBS00DFP
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-711
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
1.
2.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-712
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DFQ
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1077E
EC-713
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
119
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
EC-714
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC
BBWA1078E
EC-715
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
121
BR
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DFR
BBIA0418E
BBIA0188E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0783E
EC-716
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
EC
1.
2.
3.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0031
119
Bank 1
P0051
121
Bank 2
Component Inspection
UBS00DFS
2.
EC-717
SEF935X
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
UBS00DFT
EC-718
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00DFU
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heaters corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
ON
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
UBS00DFV
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
ON
I
OFF
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00DFW
Possible cause
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
heater.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
EC-719
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-720
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DFY
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1116E
EC-721
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
122
R/B
Warm-up condition
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
EC-722
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC
BBWA1081E
EC-723
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
123
R/Y
Warm-up condition
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DFZ
BBIA0418E
EC-724
D
BBIA0181E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0112E
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
1.
2.
3.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0037,
P0038
122
Bank 1
P0057,
P0058
123
Bank 2
EC-725
Component Inspection
UBS00DG0
Check continuity.
Terminal No.
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3
Continuity
No
PBIB1596E
UBS00DG1
EC-726
PFP:22680
A
UBS00DG2
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
D
SEF030T
UBS00DG3
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No load
No load
No load
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.7 - 2.3V
Idle
18.5 - 26.0%
2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0%
Idle
2,500 rpm
Possible cause
K
DTC detecting condition
P0101
UBS00DG4
A)
SPECIFICATION
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
EC-727
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF998NA
EC-728
ENG SPEED
More than 3V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
8.
EC
C
SEF175Y
D
UBS00DG6
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
SEF534P
EC-729
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DG7
BBWA0470E
EC-730
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
C
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
E
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.7 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
67
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
72
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DG8
1. INSPECTION START
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
EC-731
BBIA0418E
AEC641A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF627W
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
EC-732
EC
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Component Inspection
UBS00DG9
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
1.0 - 1.7
1.7 - 2.3
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
4.
EC-733
5.
6.
EC-734
PFP:22680
A
UBS00DGA
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor control the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
D
SEF030T
UBS00DGB
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No load
No load
No load
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.7 - 2.3V
Idle
18.5 - 26.0%
2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0%
Idle
2,500 rpm
P0102
P0103
J
UBS00DGC
Trouble diagnosis
name
SPECIFICATION
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
UBS00DGD
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-735
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
5.
6.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-736
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DGE
EC
BBWA0470E
EC-737
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.7 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
67
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
72
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DGF
1. INSPECTION START
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
EC-738
1.
2.
EC
D
BBIA0418E
AEC641A
3.
L
SEF627W
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-739
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Component Inspection
UBS00DGG
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
1.0 - 1.7
1.7 - 2.3
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
4.
EC-740
5.
6.
EC
EC-741
PFP:22630
UBS00DGH
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 61
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00DGI
P0112
P0113
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
UBS00DGJ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
EC-742
EC
EC-743
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DGK
BBWA1074E
EC-744
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DGL
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
LEC519
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF203W
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-745
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-746
Component Inspection
UBS00DGM
EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 038
H
SEF012P
EC-747
PFP:22630
UBS00DGN
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 59
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
UBS00DGO
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
P0117
P0118
EC-748
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
EC
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
UBS00DGP
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-749
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DGQ
BBWA0472E
EC-750
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DGR
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
AEC643A
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF206W
EC-751
Component Inspection
UBS00DGS
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
UBS00DGT
EC-752
PFP:16119
A
UBS00DGU
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. Refer to EC
EC-999 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the Wide open and closed D
throttle position switch, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
E
J
SEF349X
UBS00DGV
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ABSOL THP/S
SPECIFICATION
0.15 - 0.85V
3.5 - 4.7V
0.0%
Approx. 80%
EC-753
UBS00DGW
A)
P0121
B)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
TP sensor
Fuel injector
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
TP sensor
UBS00DGX
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Selector lever
Brake pedal
Depressed
Vehicle speed
0 km/h (0 MPH)
4.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-754
SEF058Y
Select THRTL POS SEN and ABSOL THP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Press RECORD on CONSULT-II screen at the same time accelerator pedal is depressed.
Print out the recorded graph and check the following:
The voltage rise is linear in response to accelerator pedal
depression.
The voltage when accelerator pedal is fully depressed is approximately 4V.
If NG, go to EC-757, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
EC
C
SEF177Y
SEF174Z
8.
9.
CMPSRPM (REF)
MAS AIR/FL SE
More than 3V
COOLAN TEMP/S
IACV-AAC/V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
M
SEF805Z
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-755
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DGY
BBWA0473E
EC-756
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
23
Warm-up condition
C
0.15 - 0.85V
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
Engine stopped
E
3.5 - 4.7V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DGZ
1. INSPECTION START
Specifications
Ignitions timing
>> GO TO 3.
EC-757
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
BBIA0418E
AEC638A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF630W
EC-758
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Specifications
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-759
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse signal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U
SEF998U
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
Pulse signal
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.
SEF625V
EC-760
Component Inspection
UBS00DH0
EC
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7V
SEF719Y
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7
EC-761
PFP:16119
UBS00DH1
NOTE:
If DTC P0122, P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510.
Refer to EC-999 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the Wide open and closed
throttle position switch, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
SEF349X
UBS00DH2
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ABSOL THP/S
SPECIFICATION
0.15 - 0.85V
3.5 - 4.7V
0.0%
Approx. 80%
UBS00DH3
EC-762
P0122
P0123
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
TP sensor
EC
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Condition
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
UBS00DH4
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
K
Vehicle speed
Selector lever
3.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-763
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DH5
BBWA0473E
EC-764
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
23
Warm-up condition
C
0.15 - 0.85V
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
Engine stopped
E
3.5 - 4.7V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DH6
1.
2.
BBIA0418E
EC-765
AEC638A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF630W
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-766
Specifications
EC
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-767
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse signal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U
SEF998U
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
Pulse signal
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.
SEF625V
EC-768
Component Inspection
UBS00DH7
EC
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7V
SEF719Y
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7
EC-769
PFP:22630
UBS00DH8
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or
P0118. Refer to EC-748 .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(k)
10 (14)
4.4
9.2
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 59
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
P0125
UBS00DH9
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
Thermostat
UBS00DHA
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-770
4.
5.
EC
C
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DHB
1.
2.
I
BBIA0418E
When the engine is cold [lower than 70C (158F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine
coolant does not flow.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT" .
EC-771
Component Inspection
UBS00DHC
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
2.
UBS00DHD
EC-772
PFP:22630
A
UBS00DHE
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
EC
D
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage* (V)
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
Resistance
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 61
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
UBS00DHF
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
K
UBS00DHG
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
a.
EC-773
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF176Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DHH
BBIA0418E
EC-774
Component Inspection
UBS00DHI
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC
D
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 038
H
SEF012P
2.
EC-775
PFP:21200
UBS00DHJ
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
Thermostat function
Possible cause
Thermostat
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10C (14F) to 70C (158F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT" . Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may come on.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
Check that the COOLAN TEMP/S is above 70C (158F).
If it is below 70C (158F), go to following step.
If it is above 70C (158F), cool down the engine to less than
70C (158F), then retry from step 1.
Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
PBIB1917E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DHL
EC-776
Component Inspection
UBS00DHM
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
H
SEF012P
2.
I
UBS00DHN
EC-777
PFP:22690
UBS00DHO
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DHP
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DHQ
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1847E
DTC No.
P0132
(Bank 1)
P0152
(Bank 2)
EC-778
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DHR
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC
F
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-779
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DHS
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-780
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-781
BBWA1076E
EC-782
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - Approximately 1.0V
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DHT
J
BBIA0418E
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-783
3. CHECK HO2S1
1.
2.
3.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0132
50
Bank 1
P0152
51
Bank 2
BBIA0188E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0132
50
Bank 1
P0152
51
Bank 2
EC-784
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/
(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
EC
E
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF647Y
L
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-785
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor.
UBS00DHU
EC-786
PFP:22690
A
UBS00DHV
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
UBS00DHW
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
SPECIFICATION
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DHX
SEF010V
EC-787
P0133
(Bank 1)
P0153
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
PCV valve
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
EC-788
SEF339Z
EC
C
SEF658Y
UBS00DHZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
SEF919UA
EC-789
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DI0
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-790
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-791
BBWA1076E
EC-792
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - Approximately 1.0V
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DI1
J
BBIA0418E
>> GO TO 3.
M
EC-793
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-794
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-828 or EC-836 .
No
>> GO TO 6.
EC-795
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0133
50
Bank 1
P0153
51
Bank 2
BBIA0188E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0133
50
Bank 1
P0153
51
Bank 2
SEC137A
EC-796
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
C
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
D
F
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF647Y
M
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-797
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DI2
EC-798
PFP:22690
A
UBS00DI3
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
UBS00DI4
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DI5
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
(Bank 1)
P0154
(Bank 2)
EC-799
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DI6
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
LEC068A
5.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
LEC069A
LEC034A
UBS00DI7
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
EC-800
4.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
If NG, go to EC-805, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
EC
C
SEF919UA
EC-801
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DI8
BANK 1
BBWA1075E
EC-802
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-803
BBWA1076E
EC-804
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
0 - Approximately 1.0V
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DI9
J
BBIA0418E
EC-805
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0134
50
Bank 1
P0154
51
Bank 2
BBIA0188E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0134
50
Bank 1
P0154
51
Bank 2
EC-806
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
E
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF647Y
L
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-807
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DIA
EC-808
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00DIB
EC
D
SEF327R
UBS00DIC
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00DID
PBIB1848E
DTC No.
P0138
(Bank 1)
P0158
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
M
Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit high voltage
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DIE
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-809
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-810
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DIF
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-811
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
EC-812
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-813
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DIG
BBIA0418E
EC-814
DTC
EC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0138
56
Bank 1
P0158
57
Bank 2
D
BBIA0181E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0138
56
Bank 1
P0158
57
Bank 2
1.
EC-815
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-816
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
C
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2 (B1)
signal] or 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
D
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this
E
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.62V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
F
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
SEF922UA
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this procedure.
G
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
J
UBS00DIH
EC-817
PFP:226A0
UBS00DII
UBS00DIJ
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00DIK
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
(Bank 1)
P0159
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-818
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
A
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 or HO2S2 (B2) P0159 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
EC
Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
E
PBIB0115E
7.
a.
b.
c.
d.
SEF174Y
UBS00DIM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-819
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DIN
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-820
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC-821
BBWA1080E
EC-822
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS00DIO
1.
2.
I
BBIA0418E
EC-823
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-828 or EC-836 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-824
BBIA0181E
Terminals
EC
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0139
56
Bank 1
P0159
57
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0139
56
Bank 1
P0159
57
Bank 2
EC-825
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-826
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC
2. Stop vehicle with engine running.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
C
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2 (B1)
signal] or 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
D
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this
E
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.62V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
F
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
SEF922UA
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this procedure.
G
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 H
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
I
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
J
UBS00DIP
EC-827
PFP:16600
UBS00DIQ
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0174
(Bank 2)
Actuator
Fuel injection
control
P0171
(Bank 1)
ECM function
Fuel injector
Possible cause
Fuel injector
Lack of fuel
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-828
Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-832, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
A
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-832, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC
EC-829
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DIS
BANK 1
BBWA1082E
EC-830
EC
BBWA1083E
EC-831
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DIT
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-832
EC
C
DTC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0171
50
Bank 1
P0174
51
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0171
50
Bank 1
P0174
51
Bank 2
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
EC-833
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Install all parts removed.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-727 .
SEF070Y
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1148, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-834
9. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
For DTC P0171, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure that fuel sprays out for injectors on
bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure that fuel sprays out for injectors on
bank 2.
EC
G
SEF595Q
EC-835
PFP:16600
UBS00DIU
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic).
Sensor
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0172
(Bank 1)
P0175
(Bank 2)
ECM function
Actuator
Fuel injection
control
Fuel injector
Possible cause
Fuel injector
UBS00DIV
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-836
EC
EC-837
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DIW
BANK 1
BBWA1082E
EC-838
EC
BBWA1083E
EC-839
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DIX
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0172
50
Bank 1
P0175
51
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0172
50
Bank 1
P0175
51
Bank 2
EC-840
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-727 .
EC-841
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1148, "INJECTOR
CIRCUIT" .
MEC703B
8. CHECK INJECTOR
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
1.
EC-842
PFP:22630
A
UBS00DIY
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
D
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
C (F)
Voltage* (V)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
Resistance
(k)
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 60
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
P0181
UBS00DIZ
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-843
SEF174Y
EC-844
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DJ1
EC
BBWA1084E
EC-845
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJ2
LEC764
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEC310C
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground
EC-846
EC
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
D
PBIB1425E
UBS00DJ3
EC-847
PFP:22630
UBS00DJ4
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(k)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 60
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
UBS00DJ5
Possible cause
P0182
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183
UBS00DJ6
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-848
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DJ7
EC
BBWA1084E
EC-849
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJ8
LEC764
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEC310C
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground
EC-850
EC
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
D
PBIB1425E
UBS00DJ9
EC-851
UBS00DJA
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is
not heavy.
This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0217
Possible cause
Thermostat
Blocked radiator
Blocked air passage by improper installation of front fog lamp or fog lamps
Damaged bumper
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
UBS00DJB
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the engine coolant over temperature enrichment protection
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (Using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or the radiator is below
the proper range, skip following steps and go to EC-854,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of range between 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
SEF621W
Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be
sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-852
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
I
SEF927Z
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (Using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-854,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of range between 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
SEF621W
Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be
sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3) below.
Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled engine coolant, skip following
steps and go to EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
If NG, go to step 1 of EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step.
Check for blocked coolant passage.
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp upper and lower radiator hoses and make
sure that coolant flows.
If NG, go to step 4 of EC-854, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step.
EC-853
6.
7.
SEF927Z
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJC
SLC754A
EC-854
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
Radiator cap
relief pressure:
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
D
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
I
SLC343
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
M
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
EC-855
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
UBS00DJD
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
Visual
No blocking
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
See MA-14 .
Coolant level
Visual
See MA-26 .
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-23 .
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
See CO-23 .
ON*1
Thermostat
See CO-28 .
ON*1
Cooling fan
(Crankshaft driven)
Visual
Operating
SeeCO-32 .
OFF
Negative
ON*2
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
See MA-26 .
OFF*3
10
Visual
See CO-22 .
OFF
11
Cylinder head
See EM-102 .
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-131 .
EC-856
UBS00DJE
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP EC
sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
ECM function
P0300
P0301
P0302
P0303
P0304
P0305
P0306
Possible cause
Insufficient compression
Fuel injector
Lack of fuel
M
UBS00DJF
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-857
Vehicle speed
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F),
T should be lower than 70 C (158 F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed
Time
Approximately 10 minutes
Approximately 5 minutes
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJG
EC-858
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
EC
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
LEC809
4. CHECK INJECTOR
J
MEC703B
EC-859
SEF282G
Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance:
Cylinder No.
Approx. 6.5
Approx. 10.0
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 12.5
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 11.0
SEF174P
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following:
Distributor rotor head for incorrect parts
Ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits
Refer to EC-1142, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Replace.
SEF156I
EC-860
Minimum
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
Specifications
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
EC-861
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG and HI SPEED in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1
(B1)/(B2) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-862
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
G
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
H
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-727 .
EC-863
EC-864
PFP:22060
A
UBS00DJH
EC
D
SEF332I
UBS00DJI
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible cause
UBS00DJJ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
2.
3.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-865
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DJK
BBWA0480E
EC-866
WIRE
COLOR
W
EC
ITEM
Knock sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJL
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
EC-867
BBIA0418E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Harness for open or short between harness connector F37 and ground
EC-868
PFP:23731
A
UBS00DJM
EC
D
SEF804Z
H
BBIA0182E
UBS00DJN
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare CONSULT-II with the value tachometer indication.
UBS00DJO
K
DTC No.
P0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD) circuit
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF058Y
EC-869
EC-870
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DJQ
EC
BBWA0481E
EC-871
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
1 - 2V
(AC range)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF690W
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJR
BBIA0418E
EC-872
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
D
BBIA0182E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-873
Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF960N
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
SEF504V
EC-874
PFP:22100
A
UBS00DJS
EC
D
SEF928V
H
SEF614B
UBS00DJT
A)
P0340
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CMP sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
1.
EC-875
UBS00DJU
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-876
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DJV
EC
BBWA0482E
EC-877
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
44
48
PU
PU
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
49
LG
SEF999U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Current return
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-878
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DJW
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
AEC647A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF708U
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-879
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse signal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U
SEF998U
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
Pulse signal
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
EC-880
UBS00DJX
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-881
PFP:14710
UBS00DJY
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Camshaft position sensor
ECM function
Actuator
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
EGR control
EGRC-solenoid valve
This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cutand-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the solenoid valve. This causes the
intake manifold vacuum to be discharged into the atmosphere. The EGR valve remains closed.
Engine starting
Engine idling
SEF317U
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the
intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to
throttle valve opening and EGRC-BPT valve operation. The vacuum
controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum
diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-882
EC
SEF318UA
UBS00DJZ
SEF073P
DTC No.
P0400
Trouble diagnosis
name
EGRC-solenoid
valve circuit close
Possible Cause
EGRC-BPT valve
Vacuum hose
EGRC-solenoid valve
EGR passage
UBS00DK0
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
P0400 will not be displayed at SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II even though DTC work
support test result is NG.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-883
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
If the value is out of range, park the vehicle in a cool place and
allow the engine temperature to stabilize. Do not attempt to
lower the engine coolant temperature with a fan or means other
than ambient air. Doing so may produce an inaccurate diagnostic result.
SEF013Y
Start engine and let it idle monitoring COOLAN TEMP/S value.
When the COOLAN TEMP/S value reaches 70C (158F), immediately go to the next step.
Select EGR SYSTEM P0400 of EGR SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
Accelerate vehicle to a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) once and
then stop vehicle with engine running.
If COMPLETED appears on CONSULT-II screen, go to step 9.
If COMPLETED does not appear on CONSULT-II screen, go to
the following step.
Check the output voltage of THRTL POS SEN (at closed throttle position) and note it.
SEF732Y
8.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions until
TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take approximately 60 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
6 - 9 msec
X (X + 0.82) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
Selector lever
Suitable position
9.
SEF733Y
SEF235Y
UBS00DK1
Use this procedure to check the overall EGR function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
EC-884
Check the EGR valve lifting when revving engine from 2,000 to 3,000 rpm quickly under no load using the
following methods.
EC
D
SEF642Q
3.
4.
H
SEF182V
5.
6.
AEC660A
7.
Check harness continuity between EGR temperature sensor harness connector terminal 2 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to EC-900, "Wiring Diagram" .
Continuity should exist.
8.
EC-885
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DK2
BBWA0504E
EC-886
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DK3
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 2.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
With CONSULT-II
1. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
2. Disconnect vacuum hose to EGR valve.
3. Check for vacuum existence at idle.
K
AEC648A
4.
5.
EC-887
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
AEC648A
SEF109L
SEF129Y
EC-888
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Connect a suitable jumper wire between ECM terminal 103 and ground.
Check operating sound of EGRC-solenoid valve when disconnecting and connecting the jumper wire.
EC
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair EGRC-solenoid valve.
H
SEF129Y
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Repair EGRC-solenoid valve.
AEC919
EC-889
Component Inspection
UBS00DK4
EGR VALVE
1.
2.
3.
MEF137D
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1.
2.
3.
SEF083P
UBS00DK5
EGR VALVE
EC-890
PFP:14741
A
UBS00DK6
EC
SEF864U
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The EGRC-BPT valve monitors exhaust pressure to activate the diaphragm, controlling intake manifold vacuum applied to the EGR valve. In other words, recirculated exhaust gas is controlled in response to positioning
of the EGR valve or to engine operation.
UBS00DK7
If too much EGR flow exists due to an EGRC-BPT valve malfunction, off idle engine roughness will increase. If
the roughness is large, then the vacuum to the EGR valve is interrupted through the EGRC-solenoid valve. If
the engine roughness is reduced at that time, the EGRC-BPT valve malfunction is indicated.
DTC No.
P0402
Possible Cause
EGRC-BPT valve
EGR valve
Orifice
EGRC-solenoid valve
UBS00DK8
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
EC-891
5.
6.
7.
Touch START.
Check the output voltage of THRTL POS SEN (at closed throttle position) and note it.
SEF718Z
8.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen and the bar chart may
increase. Maintain the conditions many times until COMPLETED appears.
Selector lever
Suitable position
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
X (X + 0.9) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
NOTE:
The bar chart on CONSULT-II screen indicates the status
of this test. However, the test may be finished before the
bar chart becomes full scale.
If the bar chart indication does not continue to progress,
completely release accelerator pedal once and try to
meet the conditions again.
If TESTING does not appear on CONSULT-II screen,
retry from step 2.
9. If CONSULT-II instructs to carry out Overall Function Check, go
to next step. If NG is displayed, refer to EC-894, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
10. Open engine hood.
EC-892
SEF719Z
LEC038A
EC
C
PEF034W
G
PEF035W
UBS00DK9
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGRC-BPT valve. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
I
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-893
L
SEF930V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DKA
1. CHECK HOSE
3. CHECK ORIFICE
Check if orifice is installed in vacuum hose between EGRC-BPT valve and EGRC-solenoid valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace vacuum hose.
EC-894
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
EC
Pulse signal
SEF997U
SEF998U
PBIB1424E
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
H
Pulse signal
I
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace camshaft position sensor.
EC-895
With CONSULT-II
Perform EGRC SOLENOID VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Air passage continuity
between A and B
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Conditions
SEF129Y
1.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
AEC919
Component Inspection
UBS00DKB
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1.
2.
SEF172P
EC-896
PFP:14710
A
UBS00DKC
EC
D
SEF599K
<Reference data>
EGR temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
V
Resistance
M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 63
(EGR temperature sensor) and ground.
When EGR system is operating.
Voltage: 0 - 1.5V
SEF068XB
P0405
P0406
UBS00DKD
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The EGR temperature sensor circuit is open.)
Perform PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0405 first. If 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0406.
EC-897
4.
5.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
6 - 9 msec
X (X + 0.82) V
X = Voltage value measured at step 7
Selector lever
Suitable position
SEF201Y
UBS00DKF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EGR temperature sensor. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-898
EC
SEF360Q
3.
4.
H
SEF362Q
EC-899
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DKG
BBWA0506E
EC-900
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DKH
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
AEC660A
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
SEF263W
3. CHECK EGR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-901
Component Inspection
UBS00DKI
SEF643Q
<Reference data>
EGR temperature C (F)
Voltage [V]
Resistance M
0 (32)
4.56
0.62 - 1.05
50 (122)
2.25
0.065 - 0.094
100 (212)
0.59
0.011 - 0.015
SEF068XB
2.
UBS00DKJ
EC-902
PFP:20905
A
UBS00DKK
EC
D
SEF484YF
E
DTC No.
P0420
(Bank 1)
Possible cause
Exhaust tube
Fuel injector
Spark plug
H
UBS00DKL
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step
10.
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
SEF344Z
EC-903
SEF345Z
SEF560X
UBS00DKM
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PBIB2157E
7.
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminals 56 and ground, or 57 and ground is
very less than that of ECM terminals 50 and ground, or 51 and
ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-905, "Diagnostic
Procedure" .
EC-904
PBIB1437E
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DKN
EC
H
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Specifications
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
EC-905
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-1148, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
SEF711U
SEF282G
Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance:
Cylinder No.
Approx. 6.5
Approx. 10.0
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 12.5
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 11.0
SEF174P
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1142, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Replace.
EC-906
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC
EC-907
PFP:14950
UBS00DKO
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. (See EC-999 .)
PBIB1438E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure
sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
UBS00DKP
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
P0441
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Possible cause
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
EC-908
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
EC
Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
C
If COMPLETED is displayed, go to step 7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
D
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
COOLAN TEMP/S
I
PBIB0826E
7.
UBS00DKR
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
L
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
ON
Engine speed
Gear position
SEF906U
8.
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC-909
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DKS
AEC649A
5.
VACUUM
100%
Should exist
0%
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF985Y
EC-910
AEC649A
1.
2.
EC
G
SEF367U
SEF368U
EC-911
SEF985Y
3.
100%
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
EC-912
1.
EC
D
AEC651A
Refer to DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0452, EC-941 or P0453, EC-950 .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
ON
No
OFF
Yes
1.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-913
BBIA0309E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of CLSD THL/P SW.
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed
ON
OFF
Specifications
Ignitions timing
6.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor.
EC-914
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
EC
D
Throttle valve conditions
Continuity
Completely closed
Yes
No
BBIA0423E
Specifications
Ignitions timing
5.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor.
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace it.
EC-915
PFP:14950
UBS00DKT
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090 .)
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1438E
EC-916
P0442
Possible cause
water separator
UBS00DKU
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090
.)
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
EC
EC-917
SEF475Y
5.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
6.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-919, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-635, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-635, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select MODE 1 with GST.
EC-918
If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0441, EC-910, "Diagnostic Pro- A
cedure" .
If P0442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
EC
10. Select MODE 1 with GST.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DKV
G
SEF915U
EC-919
AEC649A
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
EC-920
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
EC
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
I
SEF200U
EC-921
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-922
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
EC
D
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
K
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF985Y
EC-923
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF985Y
EC-924
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
EC
AEC652A
100%
Yes
0%
No
H
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
L
AEC652A
M
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-925
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
PBIB1425E
5.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg) or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92
inHg) of pressure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Discard and EVAP control system pressure sensor which
has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a
new one.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
PBIB1426E
EC-926
A
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1181, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
C
EC-927
UBS00DKW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
UBS00DKX
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
0%
2,000 rpm
EC-928
UBS00DKY
P0444
P0445
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
EC
UBS00DKZ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
SEF058Y
WITH GST
EC-929
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DL0
BBWA1085E
EC-930
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
C
0 - 1.5V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
G
5
R/Y
SEF994U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
SEF995U
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-931
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DL1
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
AEC652A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF646W
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-932
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
H
SEF985Y
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity under the following conditions.
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100%
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
EC-933
SEF661U
EC-934
PFP:14935
A
UBS00DL2
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
EC
D
SEF032W
H
SEF143S
UBS00DL3
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
UBS00DL4
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-935
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-936
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DL6
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-937
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. INSPECTION START
SEF989Y
EC-938
EC
D
SEF143S
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
H
SEF648W
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-939
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ON
No
OFF
Yes
SEF013Z
1.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-940
BBIA0309E
PFP:25085
A
UBS00DL8
EC
D
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
UBS00DL9
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-941
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-942
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DLC
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-943
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
62
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
AEC651A
BBIA0418E
3.
CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
EC-944
EC
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-945
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
EC-946
PBIB1426E
PFP:25085
A
UBS00DLE
EC
D
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
UBS00DLF
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
P0453
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EVAP canister
Water separator
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
1.
2.
3.
EC-947
UBS00DLH
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-948
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DLI
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-949
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
62
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
AEC651A
BBIA0418E
3.
CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
EC-950
EC
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-951
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ON
No
OFF
Yes
1.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-952
BBIA0309E
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
EC
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
PBIB1426E
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
PBIB1032E
EC-953
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-954
PFP:14950
A
UBS00DLK
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1090 .)
EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
H
PBIB1438E
DTC No.
P0455
EC-955
Possible cause
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DLL
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090
.)
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF475Y
6.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-956
EC
C
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-635, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-635, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select MODE 1 with GST.
If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to for DTC EC-919, "Diagnostic Procedure" or EC-1074,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442, P0455 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select MODE 1 with GST.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DLM
SEF915U
EC-957
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
Refer to EC-1176, "Component Inspection"
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
EC-958
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
EC
D
AEC649A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 10.
G
H
SEF916U
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
M
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-959
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
EC-960
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
L
SEF985Y
3.
100%
Yes
0%
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
SEF660U
EC-961
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
AEC652A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-962
A
Remove fuel level sensor unit.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals T and E by heating with hot water or heat gun
EC
as shown in the figure.
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
E
PBIB1425E
LEC764
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
EC-963
AEC651A
5.
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
EC-964
EC-965
PFP:14950
UBS00DLN
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1438E
EC-966
P0456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
Possible cause
Water separator
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DLO
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
EC-967
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0837E
6.
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
UBS00DLP
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-968
SEF462UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DLQ
SEF915U
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC-969
AEC649A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-970
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
C
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
D
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
E
2
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5.
I
SEF200U
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace water separator.
PBIB1032E
EC-971
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
EC-972
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
L
SEF985Y
EC-973
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100 %
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
AEC652A
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
SEF661U
EC-974
EC
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
D
PBIB1425E
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg)
or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
J
PBIB1426E
EC-975
EC-976
PFP:25060
A
UBS00DLR
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00DLS
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DLT
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-977
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DLU
BBWA1088E
EC-978
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
46
OR/B
66
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DLV
PBIB1427E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-979
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
UBS00DLW
EC-980
PFP:25060
A
UBS00DLX
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00DLY
P0461
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
H
UBS00DLZ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-3,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer toEC-622, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
8. Select FUEL PUMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULTII.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 65/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
SEF195Y
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-981
EC-982
PFP:25060
A
UBS00DM0
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00DM1
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No.
Possible cause
P0462
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
H
UBS00DM2
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-983
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DM3
BBWA1089E
EC-984
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
46
OR/B
66
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DM4
PBIB1427E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-985
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.
UBS00DM5
EC-986
PFP:32702
A
UBS00DM6
EC
D
AEC110
P0500
UBS00DM7
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
G
UBS00DM8
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-990, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
END SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
SEF196Y
UBS00DM9
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-987
4.
EC-988
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DMA
EC
BBWA1090E
EC-989
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
29
G/B
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DMB
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
OK or NG
OK
>> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-990
EC-991
PFP:23781
UBS00DMC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Park/neutral position
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Idle air
control
Actuator
IACV-AAC valve
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACVAAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner and power steering).
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM.
The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will flow
through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E
UBS00DMD
IACV-AAC/V
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
10 - 20%
2,000 rpm
EC-992
P0505
UBS00DME
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
IACV-AAC valve
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
IACV-AAC valve
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
IACV-AAC valve
UBS00DMF
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
L
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-993
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-994
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DMG
EC
BBWA1091E
EC-995
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
SEF005V
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF692W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DMH
Stop engine.
Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
BBIA0427E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF651W
EC-996
10A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-997
SEF202V
UBS00DMI
IACV-AAC VALVE
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-998
PFP:22620
A
UBS00DMJ
EC
D
SEF505V
UBS00DMK
CONDITION
ON
OFF
P0510
SPECIFICATION
G
UBS00DML
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The closed throttle position switch circuit is
open or shorted)
UBS00DMM
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine.
Select CLSD THL/P SW in DATA MONITOR mode.
Check the signal under the following conditions.
Condition
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Signal indication
ON
OFF
EC-999
VHCL SPEED SE
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
7.
UBS00DMN
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
: Battery voltage
: Approximately 0V
SEF872U
EC-1000
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DMO
EC
BBWA0490E
EC-1001
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
28
BR/W
Warm-up condition
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DMP
AEC653A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF715U
Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1002
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC
Specifications
Ignitions timing
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of CLSD THL/P SW.
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1003
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
Continuity
Completely closed
Yes
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
BBIA0423E
Specifications
Ignitions timing
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position
switch.
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch.
EC-1004
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check voltage of THRTL POS SEN.
Voltage [V]
3.5 - 4.7
Completely open
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor.
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Voltage [V]
0.15 - 0.85
3.5 - 4.7
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor.
EC-1005
PFP:23710
UBS00DMQ
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
UBS00DMR
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The circuit between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) with CONSULT-II.
UBS00DMS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1006
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DMT
WITHOUT VDC
EC
BBWA1092E
EC-1007
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
26
PU/W
27
P/B
35
G/R
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-1008
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1009
WIRE
COLOR
W/G
ITEM
A/T signal
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 5.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DMU
WITHOUT VDC
LEC106A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
AEC655A
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ground, ECM terminal 27 and ground, ECM terminal 35 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-1010
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
EC
WITH VDC
H
LEC106A
3.
4.
AEC655A
EC-1011
PFP:23710
UBS00DMV
SEC220B
UBS00DMW
Possible cause
ECM
UBS00DMX
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1012
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DMY
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1012, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1012, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace ECM.
No
>> INSPECTION END.
EC
EC-1013
PFP:22690
UBS00DMZ
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DN0
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DN1
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
EC-1014
P1143
(Bank 1)
P1163
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
EC
UBS00DN2
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
LEC072A
6.
EGN SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
LEC073A
LEC055A
EC-1015
UBS00DN3
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DN4
BBIA0418E
EC-1016
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-828 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Resistance: 3.3 - 4.0 [at 25C (77F)]
3.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1017
SEF935X
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1018
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and
ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
H
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DN5
EC-1019
PFP:22690
UBS00DN6
The heated oxygen sensor 1 is placed into the front tube. It detects
the amount of oxygen in the exhaust gas compared to the outside
air. The heated oxygen sensor 1 has a closed-end tube made of
ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately
1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner conditions. The heated oxygen
sensor 1 signal is sent to the ECM. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse duration to achieve the ideal air-fuel ratio. The ideal air-fuel
ratio occurs near the radical change from 1V to 0V.
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DN7
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DN8
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
DTC No.
P1144
(Bank 1)
P1164
(Bank 2)
EC-1020
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00DN9
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
LEC074A
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
LEC075A
UBS00DNA
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-1021
LEC058A
1.
4.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DNB
BBIA0418E
EC-1022
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer toEC-836 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-1023
EC-1024
SEF935X
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
C
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
D
F
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF647Y
M
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1025
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DNC
EC-1026
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00DND
EC
D
SEF327R
UBS00DNE
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00DNF
SEF972Z
DTC No.
P1146
(Bank 1)
P1166
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00DNG
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1027
PBIB0818E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
EC-1028
UBS00DNH
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
EC
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1029
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DNI
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1030
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition.
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC-1031
BBWA1080E
EC-1032
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition.
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS00DNJ
1.
2.
I
BBIA0418E
EC-1033
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-836 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1034
BBIA0181E
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1146
56
Bank 1
P1166
57
Bank 2
EC
Terminals
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1146
56
Bank 1
P1166
57
Bank 2
EC-1035
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-1036
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
C
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
D
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this
E
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.62V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
F
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this
SEF922UA
G
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
H
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
I
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
J
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
UBS00DNK
EC-1037
PFP:226A0
UBS00DNL
UBS00DNM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00DNN
SEF303UB
DTC No.
P1147
(Bank 1)
P1167
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-1038
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select HO2S2 (B1) P1147 or HO2S2 (B2) P1167 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II.
EC
PBIB0819E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
H
UBS00DNP
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1039
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DNQ
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1040
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition.
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC-1041
BBWA1080E
EC-1042
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS00DNR
1.
2.
I
BBIA0418E
EC-1043
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-638, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer toEC-828 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1044
BBIA0181E
4. CHECK HO2S2
1.
2.
3.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1147
56
Bank 1
P1167
57
Bank 2
EC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1147
56
Bank 1
P1167
57
Bank 2
EC-1045
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-1046
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
C
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
D
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this
E
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.62V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
F
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this
SEF922UA
G
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
H
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen SensorThread
I
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
J
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
UBS00DNS
EC-1047
PFP:22690
UBS00DNT
Possible cause
UBS00DNU
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B/FUEL SCHDL
ENG SPEED
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
6.
During this test, P0134 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1049, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
UBS00DNV
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
EC-1048
4.
EC
C
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DNW
Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153, EC-793, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
E
EC-1049
PFP:00021
UBS00DNX
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Radiator hose
Radiator
Radiator cap
Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method.
Water pump
Thermostat
P1217
Possible cause
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant, follow the procedure in MA-26,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring
coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTIFREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
UBS00DNY
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF621W
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1050
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DNZ
Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-32, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT
DRIVEN)" .
C
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
SLC754A
Apply pressure to cap with a tester and check radiator cap relief
pressure.
Radiator cap
relief pressure
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
L
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1051
SLC343
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
UBS00DO0
Equipment
Standard
Visual
No blocking
Reference page
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
See MA-14 .
Coolant level
Visual
See MA-26 .
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-23 .
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
See CO-23 .
ON*1
Thermostat
See CO-28 .
ON*1
Visual
Operating
See CO-32 .
OFF
Negative
EC-1052
Step
ON*2
OFF*3
OFF
10
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
See MA-26 .
Visual
See MA-14 .
EC
11
Cylinder head
See EM-102 .
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-131 .
EC-1053
PFP:23731
UBS00DO1
SEF804Z
BBIA0182E
P1336
UBS00DO2
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Drive plate/Flywheel
UBS00DO3
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1054
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DO4
EC
BBWA0481E
EC-1055
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
1 - 2V
(AC range)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF690W
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DO5
BBIA0418E
EC-1056
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
D
BBIA0182E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1057
Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF960N
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
SEF504V
EC-1058
EC-1059
PFP:14956
UBS00DO6
The EGRC-solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal,
the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. The vacuum signal (from the intake manifold collector) passes
through the solenoid valve. The signal then reaches the EGR valve.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, a plunger will then move to cut the vacuum signal from the intake manifold collector to the EGR valve.
UBS00DO7
EGRC SOL/V
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
OFF
ON
UBS00DO8
P1400
EGRC-solenoid valve
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The EGRC-solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
EGRC-solenoid valve
UBS00DO9
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Suitable speed
4.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1060
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DOB
EC
BBWA0505E
EC-1061
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
103
G/W
EGRC-solenoid valve
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Diagnostic Procedure
0 - 1V
UBS00DOC
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Turn EGRC-solenoid valve ON and OFF in ACTIVE TEST
mode with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and rev engine up to 3,000 rpm quickly.
When disconnecting and reconnecting the EGRC-solenoid valve
harness connector, make sure that the EGRC-solenoid valve
makes operating sound. (The DTC or the 1st trip DTC for the
EGRC-solenoid valve will be displayed, however, ignore it.)
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2
1.
2.
EC-1062
SEF722Z
EC
D
AEC659A
4.
H
SEF193Z
10A fuse
4.
CHECK EGRC-SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1063
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Conditions
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
SEF129Y
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
AEC919
EC-1064
PFP:14710
A
UBS00DOD
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
ECM function
EC
Actuator
C
EGR control
EGRC-solenoid valve
This system cuts and controls vacuum applied to the EGR valve to suit engine operating conditions. This cutand-control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the EGRC-solenoid valve. When the ECM
detects any of the following conditions, current through the solenoid valve is cut. This causes the vacuum to
be cut. The EGR valve remains closed.
Engine starting
Engine idling
SEF317U
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
The EGR valve controls the amount of exhaust gas routed to the
intake manifold. Vacuum is applied to the EGR valve in response to
throttle valve opening and EGRC-BPT valve operation. The vacuum
controls the movement of a taper valve connected to the vacuum
diaphragm in the EGR valve.
SEF783K
EC-1065
SEF318UA
UBS00DOE
SEF073P
DTC No.
P1402
Possible Cause
EGRC-solenoid valve
EGRC-BPT valve
UBS00DOF
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ignition switch ON.
EC-1066
EC
C
PEF803W
3.
G
SEF203Y
4.
SEF204Y
SEF236Y
5.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC1070, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC-1067
EC-1068
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DOG
EC
BBWA0504E
EC-1069
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DOH
SEF109L
SEF716Z
10A fuse
EC-1070
With CONSULT-II
Perform EGRC SOLENOID VALVE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Air passage continuity
between A and B
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Conditions
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
EC
SEF129Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EGRC-solenoid valve.
I
AEC919
EC-1071
Component Inspection
UBS00DOI
EGR VALVE
1.
2.
3.
MEF137D
EGRC-BPT VALVE
1.
2.
3.
SEF083P
EC-1072
PFP:14950
A
UBS00DOJ
NOTE:
If DTC P1442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1090 .)
EC
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
C
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
D
I
PBIB1438E
EC-1073
P1442
Possible cause
EVAP canister
Water separator
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DOK
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DOL
EC-1074
Description
UBS00DOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
EC
ECM
function
Actuator
D
EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
UBS00DON
M
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
0%
2,000 rpm
EC-1075
P1444
UBS00DOO
Possible cause
EVAP canister
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
UBS00DOP
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB1460E
6.
7.
Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-II changes to COMPLETED. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC1079, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1076
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DOQ
EC
BBWA1085E
EC-1077
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
R/Y
Idle speed
SEF994U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF995U
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1078
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DOR
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIR-
CUIT
1.
2.
3.
EC
E
AEC652A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF646W
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1079
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
AEC651A
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Not applied
-26.7 kpa (-200 mmHg, -7.87 inHg)
Voltage V
1.4 - 4.8
2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
EC-1080
PBIB1426E
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
EC
E
SEF985Y
3.
F
Air passage continuity
between A and B
100%
Yes
0%
No
I
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
EC-1081
SEF661U
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1082
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 14.
No
>> GO TO 16.
EC
D
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-1083
PFP:14935
UBS00DOS
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
SEF032W
SEF143S
UBS00DOT
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1446
UBS00DOU
Possible cause
Water separator
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1084
5.
EC
C
SEF201Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1085
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DOW
BBWA1086E
EC-1086
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
EC
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DOX
1.
2.
SEF143S
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
PBIB1032E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Replace water separator.
EC-1087
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
SEF596U
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1088
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
EC
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair it.
1.
K
AEC651A
EC-1089
PFP:14935
UBS00DOY
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
SEF032W
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
SEF143S
UBS00DOZ
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1448
UBS00DP0
Possible cause
Water separator
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
EC-1090
1.
2.
3.
4.
COOLAN TEMP/S
INT/A TEMP SE
EC
E
SEF475Y
5.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
I
PBIB1461E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
6. Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ON.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator.
9. Select VENT CONTROL/V of ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
10. Touch ON and OFF alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
Condition
VENT CONTROL/V
ON
No
OFF
Yes
EC-1091
UBS00DP2
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
No
No supply
Yes
EC-1092
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DP3
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-1093
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
SEF143S
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1094
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
EC
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-1095
SEF379Q
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
AEC651A
EC-1096
EC-1097
PFP:14710
UBS00DP5
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank in the same way as conventional EVAP small
leak diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P1456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P1442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1438E
DTC No.
P1456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (positive
pressure check)
EC-1098
Possible cause
Water separator
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, A
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DP6
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
or P1456 first.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0837E
6.
EC-1099
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-652, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
UBS00DP7
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DP8
SEF915U
EC-1100
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
H
AEC649A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
L
SEF916U
EC-1101
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-1102
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC
E
PBIB1032E
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-1103
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF985Y
EC-1104
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
EC
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100 %
Yes
0%
No
H
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
L
AEC652A
M
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-1105
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
PBIB1425E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg)
or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
PBIB1426E
EC-1106
A
Check refueling EVAP vapor line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1181, "ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)"
.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
C
EC-1107
PFP:25060
UBS00DP9
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
SEF800Z
UBS00DPA
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DPB
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1108
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DPC
EC
BBWA1093E
EC-1109
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
46
OR\B
66
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DPD
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
UBS00DPE
Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-1110
PFP:17372
A
UBS00DPF
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
EC
SEF186S
K
PBIB1438E
UBS00DPG
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1490
UBS00DPH
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DPI
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1111
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1112
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DPJ
EC
BBWA1094E
EC-1113
WIRE
COLOR
P/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve bypass
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. INSPECTION START
SEF014Z
EC-1114
Without CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect vacuum cut valve bypass valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
E
SEF186S
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF659W
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1115
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF014Z
2.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON
Yes
OFF
No
PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
EC-1116
PBIB1430E
PFP:17372
A
UBS00DPL
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
EC
SEF186S
K
PBIB1438E
UBS00DPM
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
EC-1117
P1491
UBS00DPN
Possible cause
EVAP canister
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30C (41 to 86F).
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PBIB1462E
7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
CMPSRPM (POS)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
8.
EC-1118
UBS00DPP
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
If NG, go to EC-1121, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF530Q
EC-1119
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DPQ
BBWA1094E
EC-1120
EC
WIRE
COLOR
P/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve bypass
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DPR
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch ON.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
M
SEF017Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC-1121
EC-1122
PBIB0635E
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
EC
SEF014Z
2.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
F
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
Yes
OFF
No
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
H
PBIB1429E
Without CONSULT-II
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace vacuum cut valve bypass valve.
PBIB1430E
EC-1123
SEF379Q
AEC651A
EC-1124
EC
ON
Yes
OFF
No
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-1125
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank.
EC-1126
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
D
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
E
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
F
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
SEF707Z
1.
2.
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
EC-1127
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank.
EC-1128
PFP:23710
A
UBS00DPS
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information EC
such as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
UBS00DPT
C
DTC No.
Possible cause
P1605
Harness or connectors
[The communication line circuit between ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is
open or shorted.]
E
UBS00DPU
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
K
SEF985Y
WITH GST
EC-1129
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DPV
WITHOUT VDC
BBWA1095E
EC-1130
WIRE
COLOR
Y/G
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
0 - 3.0V
EC-1131
BBWA1329E
EC-1132
WIRE
COLOR
W/G
EC
ITEM
A/T signal
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
Idle speed
0 - 5.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DPW
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
H
LEC106A
3.
L
AEC655A
Harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1133
LEC106A
3.
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
AEC655A
EC-1134
PFP:32006
A
UBS00DPX
EC
D
AEC877A
UBS00DPY
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
Except above
OFF
P1706
UBS00DPZ
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
ON
OFF
3.
4.
EC-1135
N or P position (A/T)
Neutral position (M/T)
SEF212Y
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
SEF213Y
UBS00DQ1
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
P or N position (A/T)
Neutral position (M/T)
Approx. 0
Approx. 5
3.
EC-1136
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQ2
EC
BBWA1096E
EC-1137
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
22
L/B
Park/neutral position
(PNP) switch
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DQ3
AEC877A
Harness for open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and ground
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1138
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
J
SEF661W
BBIA0421E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1139
7.5A fuse
8. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1140
Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
12V (1 and 2) applied
No voltage applied
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
D
SEC202B
EC-1141
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
UBS00DQ4
EC-1142
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQ5
EC
BBWA0496E
EC-1143
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF988U
PU/W
Ignition signal
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF989U
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DQ6
1. INSPECTION START
SEF070Y
EC-1144
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Without CONSULT-II
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminal 1 and ground
with an oscilloscope.
3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as
shown below.
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
EC
E
PBIB1431E
SEF988U
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
AEC656A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF721U
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ignition switch
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1145
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
8. CHECK RESISTOR
Check resistance between resistor terminals 1 and 2.
Resistance: Approximately 2.2 k [at 25C (77F)]
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace resistor.
SEF240V
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power transistor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1146
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33E]
7 - 8 (Primary coil)
Approx. 1.0
7 - 9 (secondary coil)
Approx. 10 k
SEF013S
For checking secondary coil, remove distributor cap and measure resistance between coil tower metal tip 9 and terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly.
H
AEC657A
Disconnect camshaft position sensor & power transistor harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
Check power transistor resistance between terminals 2 and 8.
Terminals
2 and 8
Resistance
Result
Except 0
OK
NG
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly.
M
SEF015S
UBS00DQ7
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-1147
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
UBS00DQ8
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
SEF812J
UBS00DQ9
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
B/FUEL SCHDL
CONDITION
No load
No load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EC-1148
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQA
EC
BBWA0497E
EC-1149
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
102
104
106
109
111
113
W/B
W/R
W/G
W/L
W/PU
W
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 6
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF007V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF008V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DQB
1. INSPECTION START
EC-1150
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
EC
E
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
I
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1151
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
10A fuse
6.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
SEF625V
EC-1152
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33E]
UBS00DQC
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC
EC-1153
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
UBS00DQD
CONDITION
EC-1154
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQE
EC
BBWA1097E
EC-1155
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
20
WIRE
COLOR
L/OR
ITEM
CONDITION
Start signal
Approximately 0V
9 - 12V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DQF
1. INSPECTION START
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch ON
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF733U
EC-1156
START SIGNAL
[VG33E]
5. CHECK FUSE
EC
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1157
PFP:17042
UBS00DQG
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM function
Actuator
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 120 signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120 signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition
Operates
Stops
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank).
SEF018S
UBS00DQH
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
EC-1158
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQI
EC
BBWA1098E
EC-1159
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
11
W/R
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DQJ
BBIA0422E
LEC103A
3.
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF674W
EC-1160
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
EC
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
G
LEC764
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1161
SEF073Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump relay.
SEF511P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
SEF022S
UBS00DQK
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-1162
PFP:49761
A
UBS00DQL
EC
D
LEC521
UBS00DQM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-1163
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQN
BBWA0500E
EC-1164
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
39
GY/R
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
D
UBS00DQO
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Check PW/ST SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Condition
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
Steering is turned
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
K
PBIB0304E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground.
Condition
Voltage [V]
Approx. 5
Approx. 0
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF739U
EC-1165
4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
LEC521
Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector then start engine.
Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2.
Conditions
Continuity
Yes
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
SEC312C
EC-1166
PFP:23781
A
UBS00DQP
When the air conditioner is on, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve supplies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
EC
D
LEC515
EC-1167
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DQQ
BBWA1099E
EC-1168
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
C
0V
[Engine is running]
9
B/Y
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
12
[Engine is running]
F
Approximately 5V
G
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air temperature is above 25C (77F).
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DQR
3.
4.
M
SEF742U
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1169
LEC515
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF680W
Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1170
D
PBIB1432E
Diode-5
Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ambient air temperature switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
SEF682W
SEF097K
EC-1171
PFP:24814
UBS00DQS
BBWA1100E
EC-1172
PFP:14950
A
UBS00DQT
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC
G
SEF569XA
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1173
BBIA0184E
EC-1174
EC
AEC886A
EC-1175
Component Inspection
UBS00DQU
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
AEC630A
Tightening Torque
Tighten EVAP canister as shown in the figure.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly between EVAP canister and EVAP canister vent control valve.
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1.
SEF445Y
2.
Vacuum:
EC-1176
SEF943S
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch ON.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
EC
E
SEF017Z
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
PBIB1428E
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
SEF985Y
3.
EC-1177
100%
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
1.
Yes
No supply
No
2.
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
PBIB1425E
SEF462UA
UBS00DQV
CAUTION:
EC-1178
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
A
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select the EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT
MODE with CONSULT-II.
Touch START. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
EC
E
PEF838U
6.
7.
I
PEF917U
8.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1174, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
EC-1179
4.
5.
6.
EC-1180
AEC632A
PFP:00032
A
UBS00DQW
EC
SEF206VA
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-622, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
EC-1181
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DQX
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1182
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
D
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
E
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
F
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1183
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1184
A
Remove fuel filler cap.
Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
EC
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
C
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
EC-1185
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1186
A
Remove fuel filler cap.
Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
EC
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
C
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-1187
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1188
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
C
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
D
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
E
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level F
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1189
SEF665U
EC-1190
PFP:11810
A
UBS00DQY
EC
D
SEC481D
H
SEC631AA
Component Inspection
UBS00DQZ
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover; if
the valve is working properly, a hissing noise will be heard as air
passes through it and a strong vacuum should be felt immediately
when a finger is placed over valve inlet.
L
SEC137A
S-ET277
EC-1191
PFP:00030
UBS00DR0
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition timing*3
UBS00DR1
A/T
M/T
A/T
M/T
A/T
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
A/T
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
70050 rpm
75050 rpm
105 BTDC
0.15 - 0.85V
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-II WORK SUPPORT mode
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected
*4: Under the following conditions:
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Ignition Coil
UBS00DR2
Primary voltage
12V
Approximately 1.0
Approximately 10 k
UBS00DR3
Supply voltage
1.0 - 1.7*V
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec at idle*
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
UBS00DR4
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
UBS00DR5
2.3 - 4.3
Fuel Pump
UBS00DR6
0.2 - 5.0
EC-1192
IACV-AAC Valve
UBS00DR7
Approximately 10.0
Injector
UBS00DR8
EC
10.4 - 15.3
UBS00DR9
C
Voltage (at normal operating temperature, engine off, ignition
switch ON)
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7V
UBS00DRA
18.0 - 26.0
At 2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0
F
UBS00DRB
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 0.38
H
UBS00DRC
2.3 - 4.3
I
UBS00DRD
512 - 632
J
UBS00DRE
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
EC-1193
PFP:00024
UBS00DRF
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
EC-1255
P0731
AT-270
P0732
AT-276
P0733
AT-281
P0734
AT-286
P0600*3
EC-1596
P1605
EC-1706
P0744
AT-298
P0710
AT-255
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
EC-1481
P1336
EC-1645
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
EC-1639
CLOSED LOOP-B2
P1168
EC-1639
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
P0510
EC-1589
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
EC-1487
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
EC-1469
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
EC-1469
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
EC-1469
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
EC-1469
CYL5 MISFIRE
P0305
EC-1469
CYL6 MISFIRE
P0306
EC-1469
ECM
P0605
EC-1602
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
EC-1356
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
EC-1356
ECT SENSOR
P0125
EC-1379
P0217
EC-1461
P1217
EC-1641
P0725
AT-266
P0455
EC-1547
P0441
EC-1500
P0442
EC-1508
P1442
EC-1650
P0452
EC-1533
P0453
EC-1539
P0456
EC-1556
P1456
EC-1675
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
EC-1457
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
EC-1457
FTT SENSOR
P0181
EC-1452
Item
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Unable to access ECM
EC-1194
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P0460
EC-1567
P1464
EC-1685
P0461
EC-1571
P0462
EC-1573
P0463
EC-1573
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
EC-1437
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
P0174
EC-1437
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
EC-1445
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
P0175
EC-1445
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
EC-1387
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
EC-1396
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
EC-1408
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
EC-1604
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
EC-1610
HO2S1 (B2)
P0152
EC-1387
HO2S1 (B2)
P0153
EC-1396
HO2S1 (B2)
P0154
EC-1408
HO2S1 (B2)
P1163
EC-1604
HO2S1 (B2)
P1164
EC-1610
P0031
EC-1313
P0032
EC-1313
P0051
EC-1313
P0052
EC-1313
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
EC-1418
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
EC-1427
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
EC-1617
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
EC-1628
HO2S2 (B2)
P0158
EC-1418
HO2S2 (B2)
P0159
EC-1427
HO2S2 (B2)
P1166
EC-1617
HO2S2 (B2)
P1167
EC-1628
P0037
EC-1327
P0038
EC-1327
P0057
EC-1327
P0058
EC-1327
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
EC-1350
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
EC-1350
IAT SENSOR
P0127
EC-1382
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0505
EC-1582
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
EC-1477
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
EC-1477
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-306
Item
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC-1195
EC
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
EC-1335
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
EC-1343
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
EC-1343
P0300
EC-1469
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0000
P1760
AT-329
P1706
EC-1712
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-249
P0444
EC-1520
P0445
EC-1520
P1444
EC-1652
SC FUNCTION
P0299
EC-1466
P0034
EC-1321
P0750
AT-311
P0755
AT-316
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-293
Item
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
EC-1385
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
AT-321
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
EC-1362
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0122
EC-1371
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0123
EC-1371
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
EC-1494
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
P0430
EC-1494
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
EC-1694
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
EC-1688
P0720
AT-261
P0500
EC-1577
P0447
EC-1527
P1446
EC-1661
P1448
EC-1667
UBS00DRG
DTC* *
CONSULT-II
GST
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
EC-1255
P0000
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0031
EC-1313
P0032
EC-1313
EC-1196
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P0034
EC-1321
P0037
EC-1327
P0038
EC-1327
P0051
EC-1313
P0052
EC-1313
P0057
EC-1327
P0058
EC-1327
P0101
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1335
P0102
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1343
P0103
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1343
P0112
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1350
P0113
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1350
P0117
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1356
P0118
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1356
P0121
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1362
P0122
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1371
P0123
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1371
P0125
ECT SENSOR
EC-1379
P0127
IAT SENSOR
EC-1382
P0128
THERMSTAT FNCTN
EC-1385
P0132
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1387
P0133
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1396
P0134
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1408
P0138
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1418
P0139
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1427
P0152
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1387
P0153
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1396
P0154
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1408
P0158
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1418
P0159
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1427
P0171
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
EC-1437
P0172
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
EC-1445
P0174
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
EC-1437
P0175
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
EC-1445
P0181
FTT SENSOR
EC-1452
P0182
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1457
P0183
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1457
P0217
EC-1461
P0299
SC FUNCTION
EC-1466
P0300
EC-1469
P0301
CYL1 MISFIRE
EC-1469
P0302
CYL2 MISFIRE
EC-1469
EC-1197
EC
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P0303
CYL3 MISFIRE
EC-1469
P0304
CYL4 MISFIRE
EC-1469
P0305
CYL5 MISFIRE
EC-1469
P0306
CYL6 MISFIRE
EC-1469
P0327
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1477
P0328
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
EC-1477
P0335
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1481
P0340
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
EC-1487
P0420
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
EC-1494
P0430
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
EC-1494
P0441
EC-1500
P0442
EC-1508
P0444
EC-1520
P0445
EC-1520
P0447
EC-1527
P0452
EC-1533
P0453
EC-1539
P0455
EC-1547
P0456
EC-1556
P0460
EC-1567
P0461
EC-1571
P0462
EC-1573
P0463
EC-1573
P0500
EC-1577
P0505
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
EC-1582
P0510
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
EC-1589
EC-1596
P0605
ECM
EC-1602
P0705
PNP SW/CIRC
AT-249
P0710
AT-255
P0720
AT-261
P0600*
P0725
AT-266
P0731
AT-270
P0732
AT-276
P0733
AT-281
P0734
AT-286
P0740
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
AT-293
P0744
AT-298
P0745
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
AT-306
P0750
AT-311
P0755
AT-316
P1143
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1604
EC-1198
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
CONSULT-II
GST
Trip
MIL
Lighting
up
Reference page
P1144
HO2S1 (B1)
EC-1610
P1146
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1617
P1147
HO2S2 (B1)
EC-1628
P1148
CLOSED LOOP-B1
EC-1639
P1163
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1604
P1164
HO2S1 (B2)
EC-1610
P1166
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1617
P1167
HO2S2 (B2)
EC-1628
P1168
CLOSED LOOP-B2
EC-1639
P1217
EC-1641
P1336
EC-1645
P1442
EC-1650
P1444
EC-1652
P1446
EC-1661
P1448
EC-1667
P1456
EC-1675
P1464
EC-1685
P1490
VC/V BYPASS/V
EC-1688
P1491
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
EC-1694
P1605
EC-1706
P1705
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
AT-321
P1706
EC-1712
P1760
AT-329
EC
EC-1199
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
PFP:00001
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) AIR BAG and SEAT
BELT PRE-TENSIONER
UBS00EM7
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system may include seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. If
equipped with dual stage front air bag modules, the SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the
front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and
whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is
included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual.
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. Because no rear seat exists where
a rear-facing child restraint can be placed, the switch is designed to turn off the passenger air bag so that a
rear-facing child restraint can be used in the front passenger seat. The switch is located in the center of the
instrument panel, near the ashtray. When the switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag is
enabled and could inflate for certain types of collision. When the switch is turned to the OFF position, the passenger air bag is disabled and will not inflate. A passenger air bag OFF indicator on the instrument panel lights
up when the passenger air bag is switched OFF. The driver air bag always remains enabled and is not affected
by the passenger air bag deactivation switch.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death
in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air
Bag Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or
harness connectors.
The vehicle may be equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch which can be operated
by the customer. When the passenger air bag is switched OFF, the passenger air bag is disabled
and will not inflate. When the passenger air bag is switched ON, the passenger air bag is enabled
and could inflate for certain types of collision. After SRS maintenance or repair, make sure the
passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the same position (ON or OFF) as when the vehicle
arrived for service.
UBS00DRI
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery terminal before any
repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves,
etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-4, "HARNESS
CONNECTOR" .
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness
with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel injection system, etc.
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
EC-1200
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
Precautions
UBS00DRJ
EC
LEC027A
EC-1201
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
SEF707Y
SEF308Q
EC-1202
SEF291H
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-1276, "ECM Terminals and Reference
Value" .
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
EC
C
MEF040D
G
SEF217U
SEF348N
EC-1203
PRECAUTIONS
[VG33ER]
SEC893C
EC-1204
UBS00DRK
PREPARATION
[VG33ER]
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools
PFP:00002
A
UBS00DRL
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Description
Tool name
EG17650301
(J-33984-A)
Radiator cap tester adapter
EC
S-NT564
KV10117100
(J-36471-A)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 1 with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
NT379
KV10114400
(J-38365)
Heated oxygen sensor wrench
G
Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 2
a: 22 mm (0.87 in)
NT636
J-44321
Fuel pressure gauge kit
K
LEC642
(J-45178)
TPS test connector
M
LEC120A
EC-1205
PREPARATION
[VG33ER]
UBS00DRM
Description
Leak detector
i.e: (J-41416)
NT703
NT704
NT653
Socket wrench
NT705
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant
i.e.:(Permatex 133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907)
AEM489
EC-1206
PFP:23710
A
UBS00DRN
EC
SEC667C
EC-1207
UBS00DRO
PBIB1342E
EC-1208
System Chart
UBS00DRP
Input (Sensor)
ECM Function
Output (Actuator)
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Ignition switch
Knock sensor
Battery voltage
EC
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system. This is used only for the on board diagnosis.
*2: The DTC related to A/T will be sent to ECM.
*3: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*4: This switch will operate in place of the throttle position sensor to control EVAP parts if the sensor malfunctions.
UBS00DRQ
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position
Gear position
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Battery
Battery voltage
ECM function
Actuator
M
Fuel injection & mixture ratio
control
Fuel injector
*: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
EC-1209
During warm-up
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
During deceleration
PBIB0121E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses a
heated oxygen sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The
ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about the
heated oxygen sensor 1, refer to EC-1387 . This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of the heated oxygen sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal
from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
During warm-up
EC-1210
G
SEF179U
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds.
UBS00DRR
Throttle position
Throttle valve idle position
Vehicle speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Knock sensor
Engine knocking
Gear position
Battery
Battery voltage
EC-1211
ECM function
Actuator
Ignition timing
control
Power transistor
At starting
SEF742M
During warm-up
At idle
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
UBS00DRS
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Air conditioner
cut control
Actuator
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
UBS00DRT
Vehicle speed
Neutral position
Throttle position
Engine speed
EC-1212
ECM function
Actuator
Fuel injector
EC-1213
PFP:00018
UBS00DRU
PREPARATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1214
EC
SEF554YA
NOTE:
If a vehicle contains a part which is operating outside of design specifications with no MIL illumination, the part shall not be replaced prior to emission testing unless it is determined that the part has
been tampered with or abused in such a way that the diagnostic system cannot reasonably be
expected to detect the resulting malfunction.
EC-1215
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Air cleaner clogging
Gasket
Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
Headlamp switch is OFF.
SEF983U
Air conditioner switch is OFF.
Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
Visually check the following:
Air cleaner clogging
Hoses and ducts for leaks
Electrical connectors
Gasket
Throttle valve and throttle position sensor operation
Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
6.
Open engine hood and run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about
2 minutes under no load.
7. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-II or GST.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace components as necessary.
2. GO TO 2.
SEF977U
EC-1216
Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed.
EC
D
SEF978U
3.
4.
H
BBIA0424E
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF927Z
BBIA0425E
EC-1217
SEF058Y
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load then run engine at idle speed.
Adjust idle speed by turning idle speed adjusting screw.
M/T: 70050 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 70050 rpm (in P or N position)
>> GO TO 6.
LEC513
EC-1218
SEF058Y
EC
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 8.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 9.
H
PBIB0120E
1.
EC-1219
M
PBIB2157E
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load.
See HO2S1 MNTR (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode.
Running engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is warmed
up to normal operating temperature.), check that the monitor
fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5 times during 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH LEAN RICH
2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 2).
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
5. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 51 and ground.
6. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> GO TO 11.
EC-1220
PBIB0120E
PBIB2157E
With CONSULT-II
1. See HO2S1 (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
2. Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5
times during 10 seconds.
EC
PBIB0120E
Without CONSULT-II
1. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.
2. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG (Voltage does not fluctuate.)>>GO TO 16.
NG (Voltage fluctuates less than 5 times.)>>GO TO 14.
PBIB2157E
EC-1221
With CONSULT-II
Stop engine.
Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1).
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no load.
See HO2S1 MNTR (B1) in DATA MONITOR mode.
Maintaining engine at 2,000 rpm under no-load (engine is
warmed up to normal operating temperature.), check that the
monitor fluctuates between LEAN and RICH more than 5
times during 10 seconds.
1 time: RICH LEAN RICH
2 times: RICH LEAN RICH LEAN RICH
Without CONSULT-II
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1).
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Run engine at approx. 2,000 rpm for approx. 2 minutes under no
load.
5. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminal 50 and ground.
6. Make sure that the voltage fluctuates between 0 - 0.3V and 0.6 1.0V more than 5 times during 10 seconds at 2,000 rpm.
1 time: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V
2 times: 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 - 0.3V 0.6 - 1.0V 0 0.3V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
EC-1222
PBIB0120E
PBIB2157E
A
Stop engine and disconnect battery ground cable.
Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and heated oxygen sensor 1 (bank 1) harness connector.
C
Continuity should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> 1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. GO TO 18.
NG
>> 1. Repair or replace harness.
2. GO TO 8 (With CONSULT-II).
GO TO 9 (Without CONSULT-II).
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1223
SEF172Y
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
Connect a resistor (4.4 k) between terminals of engine coolant
temperature sensor harness connector.
>> GO TO 19.
PBIB1436E
EC-1224
D
SEF976U
2.
3.
Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under noload, then run engine at idle speed.
Check CO%.
Without CONSULT-II
After checking CO%,
SEF978U
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1225
UBS00DRV
SEF013Y
3.
4.
5.
SEF971R
With GST
1.
2.
SEF774U
EC-1226
4.
When the voltage is between 3.12 to 3.52V, make sure that the
center of mark A is aligned with mark B as shown in the figure.
If NG, adjust by turning adjusting screw.
Lock nut
: 0.98 - 1.96 Nm (10 - 20 kg-cm, 8.7 - 17.4 in-lb)
EC
C
SEF970R
5.
G
SEF971R
UBS00DRW
L
SEF214Y
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF164X
EC-1227
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical system operating (i.e. lights, A/C etc.). Fuel
pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine loads and changes in manifold
vacuum.
Release fuel pressure to zero.
Install the inline fuel quick disconnect fitting between the connection of the fuel feed hose (from tank) and the fuel hose (to
engine).
Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connect adapter
hose) to the quick disconnect fitting.
Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage.
Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
At idling:
With vacuum hose
connected
With vacuum hose
disconnected
WEC875
UBS00DRX
SEF928U
4.
Start engine and read indication of fuel pressure gauge as vacuum is changed.
Fuel pressure should decrease as vacuum increases. If results
are unsatisfactory, replace fuel pressure regulator.
SEF718BA
EC-1228
PFP:00028
A
UBS00DRY
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
EC
Emission-related diagnostic information
SAE Mode
Calibration ID
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
X: Applicable
: Not applicable
DTC
Freeze Frame
data
SRT code
Test value
CONSULT-II
GST
*: 1st trip DTCs for self-diagnoses concerning SRT items cannot be shown on the GST display.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1255
.)
UBS00DRZ
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The trip in the Two Trip Detection Logic means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed
during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL,
and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
X: Applicable
MIL
DTC
1st trip
2nd trip
Blinking
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
1st trip
displaying
2nd trip
displaying
Except above
Blinking
Lighting
up
EC-1229
: Not applicable
Lighting
up
Items
UBS00DS0
: Not applicable
CONSULT-II
GST
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
P0000
P0031
*4
EC-1313
P0032
*4
EC-1313
P0034
EC-1321
P0037
*4
EC-1327
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
P0038
EC-1327
P0051
*4
EC-1313
P0052
*4
EC-1313
P0057
*4
EC-1327
P0058
*4
EC-1327
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0101
EC-1335
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0102
EC-1343
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT
P0103
EC-1343
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0112
EC-1350
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0113
EC-1350
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0117
EC-1356
ECT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0118
EC-1356
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0121
EC-1362
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0122
EC-1371
TP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0123
EC-1371
ECT SENSOR
P0125
EC-1379
IAT SENSOR
P0127
EC-1382
THERMSTAT FNCTN
P0128
EC-1385
HO2S1 (B1)
P0132
EC-1387
HO2S1 (B1)
P0133
*4
EC-1396
HO2S1 (B1)
P0134
EC-1408
HO2S2 (B1)
P0138
EC-1418
HO2S2 (B1)
P0139
*4
EC-1427
HO2S1 (B2)
P0152
EC-1387
HO2S1 (B2)
P0153
EC-1396
HO2S1 (B2)
P0154
EC-1408
HO2S2 (B2)
P0158
EC-1418
HO2S2 (B2)
P0159
EC-1427
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1
P0171
EC-1437
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1
P0172
EC-1445
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2
P0174
EC-1437
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2
P0175
EC-1445
EC-1230
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
FTT SENSOR
P0181
EC-1452
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182
EC-1457
FTT SEN/CIRCUIT
P0183
EC-1457
P0217
EC-1461
SC FUNCTION
P0299
EC-1466
P0300
EC-1469
CYL1 MISFIRE
P0301
EC-1469
CYL2 MISFIRE
P0302
EC-1469
CYL3 MISFIRE
P0303
EC-1469
CYL4 MISFIRE
P0304
EC-1469
CYL5 MISFIRE
P0305
EC-1469
CYL6 MISFIRE
P0306
EC-1469
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0327
EC-1477
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1
P0328
EC-1477
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0335
EC-1481
CMP SEN/CIRCUIT
P0340
EC-1487
TW CATALYST SYS-B1
P0420
*4
EC-1494
TW CATALYST SYS-B2
P0430
*4
EC-1494
P0441
*4
EC-1500
P0442
*4
EC-1508
P0444
EC-1520
P0445
EC-1520
P0447
EC-1527
P0452
EC-1533
P0453
EC-1539
P0455
EC-1547
P0456
*3
*4
EC-1556
P0460
EC-1567
P0461
EC-1571
P0462
EC-1573
P0463
EC-1573
P0500
EC-1577
ISC SYSTEM/CIRC
P0505
EC-1582
CLOSED TP SW/CIRC
P0510
EC-1589
P0600
EC-1596
ECM
P0605
EC-1602
PNP SW/CIRC
P0705
AT-249
P0710
AT-255
P0720
AT-261
P0725
AT-266
P0731
AT-270
P0732
AT-276
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
EC-1231
EC
SRT code
Test value/
Test limit
(GST only)
Reference page
P0733
AT-281
P0734
AT-286
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC
P0740
AT-293
P0744
AT-298
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC
P0745
AT-306
P0750
AT-311
P0755
AT-316
HO2S1 (B1)
P1143
*4
EC-1604
HO2S1 (B1)
P1144
*4
EC-1610
HO2S2 (B1)
P1146
*4
EC-1617
HO2S2 (B1)
P1147
*4
EC-1628
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148
EC-1639
Items
(CONSULT-II screen terms)
HO2S1 (B2)
P1163
EC-1604
HO2S1 (B2)
P1164
*4
EC-1610
HO2S2 (B2)
P1166
*4
EC-1617
HO2S2 (B2)
P1167
*4
EC-1628
CLOSED LOOP-B2
P1168
EC-1639
P1217
EC-1641
P1336
EC-1645
P1442
*4
EC-1650
P1444
EC-1652
P1446
EC-1661
P1448
EC-1667
P1456
*3
*4
EC-1675
P1464
EC-1685
VC/V BYPASS/V
P1490
EC-1688
VC CUT/V BYPASS/V
P1491
EC-1694
P1605
EC-1706
TP SEN/CIRC A/T
P1705
AT-321
P1706
EC-1712
P1760
AT-329
EC-1232
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-II
With GST
CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0705, P0750, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
(CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST do not indicate whether the malfunction is
still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify
malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown below. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times
the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
M
PBIB0911E
EC-1233
Items
Freeze frame data
2
3
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
SRT Item
The following table shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
SRT item
(CONSULT-II indication)
Performance
Priority *
Corresponding DTC
No.
CATALYST
P0420, P0430
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM
P0442, P1442
P0456, P1456
P0441
P0133, P0153
P1143, P1163
P1144, P1164
P0139, P0157
P1146, P1166
P1147, P1167
HO2S
EC-1234
Performance
Priority *
2
Corresponding DTC
No.
EC
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure) one by one based on the priority for
models with CONSULT-II.
All OK
Case 1
Case 2
NG exists
Example
Ignition
OFF ON
OFF
Ignition
OFF ON
OFF
Ignition
OFF ON
OFF
Ignition
OFF ON OFF
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
OK (2)
(2)
P0402
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
OK (2)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
CMPLT
Diagnosis
Case 3
P0400
OK (1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
P0402
(0)
(0)
OK (1)
(1)
P1402
OK (1)
OK (2)
(2)
(2)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
CMPLT
P0400
OK
OK
P0402
P1402
NG
NG
NG (Consecutive NG)
SRT of EGR
INCMP
INCMP
INCMP
CMPLT
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a same cycle (Ignition OFF ON OFF), the SRT
will indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate CMPLT. Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is one (1) for each
self-diagnosis (Case 1 and 2) or two (2) for one self-diagnosis (Case 3). However, in preparation for the State
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary of each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons;
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis result.
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair.
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior
to the State emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT.
EC-1235
SEF573XA
*1
EC-1233
*2
EC-1237
*3
EC-1236
EC-1237
WITH CONSULT-II
Selecting SRT STATUS in DTC CONFIRMATION mode with
CONSULT-II.
For items whose SRT codes are set, a CMPLT is displayed on the
CONSULT-II screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set,
INCMP is displayed.
A sample of CONSULT-II display for SRT code is shown below.
INCMP means the self-diagnosis is incomplete and SRT is not set.
CMPLT means the self-diagnosis is complete and SRT is set.
EC
SEF935Z
WITH GST
Selecting MODE 1 with GST (Generic Scan Tool)
EC-1237
PBIB0123E
EC-1238
Sea level
C
Flat road
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than F
70C (158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 59 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
The engine is started at the tank fuel temperature of warmer than 0C (32F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 60 and ground is less than 4.1V).
G
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
H
Pattern 3:
Tests are performed after the engine has been operated for at least 17 minutes.
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
J
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
K
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Operate the vehicle in the following driving pattern.
1. Decelerate vehicle to 0 km/h (0 MPH) and let engine idle.
L
2. Repeat driving pattern shown below at least 10 times.
SEF414S
EC-1239
km/h (MPH)
1st to 2nd
24 (15)
24 (15)
2nd to 3rd
40 (25)
40 (25)
3rd to 4th
64 (40)
64 (40)
4th to 5th
72 (45)
72 (45)
km/h (MPH)
2WD (AUTO mode)
1st
50 (30)
2nd
95 (60)
TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-II)
The following is the information specified in Mode 6 of SAE J1979.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by Test ID (TID) and Component ID (CID) and can be displayed on the GST screen.
Item
DTC
Test limit
Conversion
01H
Max.
1/128
02H
81H
Min.
P0430
03H
02H
Max.
1/128
P0430
04H
82H
Min.
P0442
05H
03H
Max.
1/128mm2
P0441
06H
83H
Min.
20mV
P0456
07H
03H
Max.
1/128mm2
P1456
07H
03H
Max.
1/128mm2
EVAP SYSTEM
TID
CID
P0420
01H
P0420
EC-1240
DTC
Test limit
Conversion
04H
Max.
16ms
84H
Min.
10mV
TID
CID
P0133
09H
P1143
0AH
P1144
0BH
04H
Max.
10mV
P0132
0CH
04H
Max.
10mV
P0134
0DH
04H
Max.
1s
P0153
11H
05H
Max.
16ms
P1163
12H
85H
Min.
10mV
P1164
13H
05H
Max.
10mV
P0152
14H
05H
Max.
10mV
P0154
15H
05H
Max.
1s
P0139
19H
86H
Min.
10mV/500ms
P1147
1AH
86H
Min.
10mV
P1146
1BH
06H
Max.
10mV
P0138
1CH
06H
Max.
10mV
P0159
21H
87H
Min.
10mV/500ms
P1167
22H
87H
Min.
10mV
P1166
23H
07H
Max.
10mV
P0158
24H
07H
Max.
10mV
P0032
29H
08H
Max.
20mV
P0031
2AH
88H
Min.
20mV
P0052
2BH
09H
Max.
20mV
P0051
2CH
89H
Min.
20mV
P0038
2DH
0AH
Max.
20mV
P0037
2EH
8AH
Min.
20mV
P0058
2FH
0BH
Max.
20mV
P0057
30H
8BH
Min.
20mV
EC-1241
EC
If DTCs are displayed for both ECM and TCM (Transmission control module), they need to be erased individually from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module).
SEF823YD
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting ERASE in the SELFDIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting MODE 4 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-1194 ), skip step 2.
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform AT-188 . (The DTC in TCM will be erased.)
3. Select MODE 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Test values
Others
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
EC-1242
UBS00DS1
DESCRIPTION
The MIL is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check.
If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-25, "WARNING LAMPS"
or see EC-1749 .
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go OFF.
If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
EC
D
SEF217U
Function
Explanation of Function
Mode I
Ignition switch in
ON position
BULB CHECK
Engine stopped
Engine running
MALFUNCTION
WARNING
Condition
ON
OFF
No malfunction.
UBS00DS2
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to Two Trip Detection Logic on
EC-1229, "Two Trip Detection Logic" .
The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when
the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting,
the counter will reset.
The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A)
without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and
Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times
EC-1243
(driving pattern C) without the same malfunction recurring. The TIME in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC
RESULTS mode of CONSULT-II will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
SUMMARY CHART
Items
MIL (goes off)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
display)
1st Trip DTC (clear)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
(clear)
Misfire
Other
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
3 (pattern B)
80 (pattern C)
80 (pattern C)
40 (pattern A)
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern C), *1
1 (pattern B)
*1 , *2
*1 , *2
1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under Fuel Injection System and Misfire, see EC-1246 .
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see EC-1248 .
*1 : Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2 : Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
EC-1244
EC
SEF392S
EC-1245
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or equal
to 70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F)
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of the vehicle conditions
described above.
The C counter will be counted up when the vehicle conditions described above is satisfied without the
same malfunction.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
EC-1246
EC
SEF393SD
EC-1247
AEC574
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
EC-1248
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction
PFP:00004
A
UBS00DS3
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
EC
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts.
H
SEF233G
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the Work Flow on EC-1250 .
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on next page should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle.
L
SEF234G
EC-1249
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
WORK FLOW
Flow Chart
SEF510ZF
*1
*4
*5
If malfunctioning part cannot be
detected, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
EC-1250
*6
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Description For Work Flow
STEP
DESCRIPTION
STEP I
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the
EC-1252, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" .
STEP II
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-II or GST) the (1st trip) DTC and the
(1st trip) freeze frame data, then erase the DTC and the data. (Refer to EC-1241 .) The (1st trip) DTC and the (1st
trip) freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the customer.
(The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-1268 .)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
STEP III
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-II to
the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
STEP IV
STEP V
STEP VI
STEP VII
Try to detect the (1st trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the (1st
trip) DTC and (1st trip) freeze frame data by using CONSULT-II or GST.
During the (1st trip) DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-II to the vehicle in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st trip)
DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-1255 .) If CONSULT-II is available,
perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with CONSULT-II and proceed to the EC-1301, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS SPECIFICATION VALUE" . (If malfunction is detected, proceed to REPAIR/REPLACE.) Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-1268 .)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-II set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-II.
Refer to EC-1276 , EC-1296 .
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit
inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-1305, "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT" .
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st trip) DTC in ECM
and TCM (Transmission control module). (Refer toEC-1241 and AT-187 )
EC-1251
EC
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trouble-shooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel
to evaporate into the atmosphere.
EC-1252
SEF907L
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
LEC031A
EC-1253
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
UBS00DS4
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
Priority
1
P0500 VSS
P0605 ECM
P0444, P0445, P1444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0705-P0755, P1705, P1760 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
EC-1254
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Fail-safe Chart
UBS00DS5
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters the fail-sate mode and the MIL illuminates.
DTC No.
Detected items
P0102
P0103
Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0117
P0118
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the time after turning
ignition switch ON or START.
CONSULT-II displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Condition
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
ECM
Throttle position will be determined based on the injected fuel amount and the engine
speed.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Condition
Unable to
access ECM
EC
Poor acceleration
Fuel injection
Ignition timing
Fuel pump
IACV-AAC valve
M
UBS00DS6
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
EC-1255
Full open
Basic Inspection
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident, or the current need for
scheduled maintenance.
Open engine hood and check the following:
Harness connectors for improper connections
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections
Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 2.
With GST>>GO TO 2.
With No Tools>> GO TO 15.
SEF983U
EC-1256
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Start engine and warm it up.
EC
E
SEF013Y
4.
The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-1225, "Fast Idle Cam
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 4.
SEF971R
With CONSULT-II
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Select IGNITION TIMING ADJ in WORK SUPPORT mode
and touch START.
PEF546N
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 5.
EC-1257
SEF927Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
EC-1258
SEC019C
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
EC
E
BBIA0419E
I
SEF715Y
CLSD THL/P SW signal should remain ON while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
CLSD THL/P SW signal should remain OFF while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
Do not touch throttle drum when checking CLSD THL/P SW signal, doing so may cause an
incorrect adjustment.
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 3.
3. Stop engine.
4. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
>> GO TO 9.
EC-1259
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
BBIA0419E
5.
SEF715Y
SEF689W
EC-1260
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
EC
E
SEF689W
With CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Always warm up engine to normal operating temperature. If engine is cool, the throttle position sensor
idle position memory will not be reset correctly.
1. Remove feeler gauge.
2. Start engine.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
4. Select TP SW/TP SEN IDLE POSI ADJ in WORK SUPPORT mode.
5. Stop engine. (Turn ignition switch OFF.)
6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
SEF864V
8.
SEF715Y
EC-1261
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SEF174Y
The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-1225, "Fast Idle Cam
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF971R
EC-1262
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
No Tools
1. Set the voltmeter between ECM terminal 59 (Engine coolant
temperature sensor signal) and ground.
2. Start engine and warm it up.
EC
SEF119W
The cam follower lever's roller is not touching the fast idle cam.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> 1. Check FI cam. Refer to EC-1225, "Fast Idle Cam
(FIC) Inspection and Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 16.
3.
H
SEF971R
Without CONSULT-II
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine and disconnect throttle position sensor harness
connector.
3. Start engine.
1.
2.
M
BBIA0424E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> 1. Adjust ignition timing by turning distributor. Refer to
EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture
Ratio Adjustment" .
2. GO TO 17.
EC-1263
SEF927Z
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SEC298C
Insert the 0.3 mm (0.012 in) and 0.4 mm (0.016 in) feeler gauge
alternately between the throttle adjust screw (TAS) and throttle
drum as shown in the figure.
Continuity should exist while inserting 0.3 mm (0.012 in)
feeler gauge.
Continuity should not exist while inserting 0.4 mm (0.016 in)
feeler gauge.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> GO TO 20.
BBIA0419E
EC-1264
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Without CONSULT-II
NOTE:
EC
Do not touch throttle drum when checking continuity, doing so may cause an incorrect adjustment.
C
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Check FI cam. Refer to procedure 14 or 15.
3. Stop engine.
D
4. Loosen throttle position sensor fixing bolts.
>> GO TO 21.
I
BBIA0419E
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 23.
NG
>> GO TO 22.
M
SEC298C
SEF689W
EC-1265
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove 0.35 mm (0.0138 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge.
Temporarily tighten sensor body fixing bolts as follows.
Gradually move the sensor body clockwise and stop it
when the continuity comes to exist, then temporarily
tighten sensor body fixing bolts.
Make sure two or three times that the continuity exists when the
throttle valve is closed and continuity does not exist when it is
opened.
Remove 0.3 mm (0.012 in) feeler gauge then insert 0.4 mm
(0.016 in) feeler gauge.
Make sure two or three times that the continuity does not exist
when the throttle valve is closed.
Tighten throttle position sensor.
Check the continuity again.
SEF689W
SEF864V
EC-1266
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
25. REINSTALLATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect throttle position sensor harness connector and closed throttle position switch harness connecEC
tor.
2. Start engine and rev it (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load and then run engine at idle
speed.
C
>> GO TO 26.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Check idle speed.
M/T: 75050 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 75050 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 27.
NG
>> 1. Adjust idle speed. Refer to EC-1214, "Idle Speed/Ignition Timing/Idle Mixture Ratio Adjustment"
.
2. GO TO 27.
EC-1267
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
UBS00DS7
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
Injector circuit
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Fuel
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
3
2
Air
EC-1228
4
EC-1750
4
1
Ignition
EC-1735
EC-1725
Reference
page
EC-1768
EC-1214
1
EC-1582
EC-1744
EC-1214
Ignition circuit
EC-1719
EC-1268
1
2
EC-1306
MTC-22
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
2
3
EC-1362, EC1371
EC-1255
3
3
EC-1477
EC-1269
EC-1602, EC1255
EC-1731
EC-1577
3
3
2
ECM
Reference
page
EC-1335, EC1343
EC
EC-1487
1
1
EC-1712
EC-1740
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SYSTEM ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER
Fuel
Fuel tank
Fuel piping
ENGINE STALL
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
SYMPTOM
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
FL-3
Vapor lock
Reference
section
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane)
Air
Air duct
Air cleaner
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor throttle body)
Throttle body, Throttle wire
Generator circuit
5
4
EM-80
SC-4
SC-26
SC-9
5
5
Battery
Starter circuit
MT-46, AT249
6
EM-80
EC-1270
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
AE
AD
AC
IDLING VIBRATION
AB
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
AA
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
Cylinder head
HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
Engine
ENGINE STALL
SYMPTOM
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
HA
EC
Reference
section
F
2
EM-102
Cylinder block
Piston
Piston ring
Connecting rod
3
6
Bearing
EM-131, EM91
Crankshaft
Valve
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve
Exhaust valve
Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket
K
6
EX-3
LU-15, LU-16
, LU-14 , EM88
L
6
Timing belt
MA-30
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler
cap
Thermostat
Water pump
Water gallery
5
6
Cooling fan
6
5
5
6
5
MA-26
EC-1271
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
UBS00DS8
BBIA0420E
EC-1272
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
A
EC
BBIA0186E
EC-1273
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
PBIB1177E
PBIB1469E
EC-1274
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Circuit Diagram
UBS00DS9
EC
BBWA0507E
EC-1275
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
UBS00DSA
SEF533P
UBS00DSB
PREPARATION
1.
LEC106A
2.
AEC913
3.
Perform all voltage measurements with the connector connected. Extend tester probe as shown to perform tests easily.
Open harness securing clip to make testing easier.
Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
MEC486B
EC-1276
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
EC
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF988U
PU/W
Ignition signal
1.1 - 1.5V
[Engine is running]
F
SEF989U
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1 - 2V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
H
SEF992U
P/L
Tachometer
3 - 5V
[Engine is running]
K
SEF993U
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
EC-1277
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
R/Y
Idle speed
SEF994U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
SEF995U
G/W
[Engine is running]
Y/G
Engine stopped
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
0 - 3.0V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
0V
[Engine is running]
9
B/Y
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
10
B/R
ECM ground
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 5V
Engine ground
11
W/R
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
12
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
EC-1278
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
18
WIRE
COLOR
R/W
ITEM
Malfunction indicator
lamp
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
19
B/R
ECM ground
20
L/OR
Start signal
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Engine ground
Approximately 0V
9 - 12V
EC
[Engine is running]
21
G/R
[Engine is running]
L/B
Park/neutral position
(PNP) switch
Approximately 0V
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
23
Warm-up condition
H
0.15 - 0.85V
24
W/L
Ignition switch
25
B/Y
ECM ground
26
PU/W
27
P/B
Engine stopped
3.5 - 4.7V
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
28
BR/W
Warm-up condition
L
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
EC-1279
Engine ground
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
29
G/B
32
B/Y
ECM ground
35
G/R
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
39
GY/R
[Engine is running]
42
B/W
Engine ground
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
44
48
PU
PU
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
46
OR/B
EC-1280
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
level.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
1 - 2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
EC
(AC range)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF690W
3 - 4V
(AC range)
E
[Engine is running]
F
SEF691W
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
49
LG
I
SEF999U
Approximately 2.5V
J
[Engine is running]
K
SEF001V
0 - Approximately 1.0V
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
0 - Approximately 1.0V
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
EC-1281
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.7 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
59
LG/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with engine
coolant temperature
60
Y/B
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with fuel
temperature
61
PU/R
[Engine is running]
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Output voltage varies with intake
air temperature.
62
64
Knock sensor
66
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
67
B/P
69
LG/R
72
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
80
SB
Power supply
(Back-up)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
EC-1282
6 - 10V
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
8 - 11V
EC
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
C
SEF005V
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
F
SEF692W
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
102
104
106
109
111
113
W/B
W/R
W/G
W/L
W/PU
W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 6
SEF007V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
K
SEF008V
108
R/G
116
B/R
ECM ground
117
B/P
Current return
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
119
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
120
P/B
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
121
BR
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
EC-1283
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
122
R/B
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
123
R/Y
Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
124
B/R
ECM ground
[Engine is running]
Engine ground
Idle speed
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air temperature is above 25C (77F).
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-II Function
UBS00DSC
FUNCTION
Function
Work support
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the
indications on the CONSULT-II unit.
Self-diagnostic results
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor
Input/Output specification of the basic fuel schedule, AFM, A/F feedback control value and the other
data monitor items can be read.
Active test
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-II drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
Function test
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
Test values
Others
EC-1284
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION
A
Item
WORK
SUPPORT
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
DTC*1
FREEZE
FRAME
DATA*2
SRT
STATUS
DTC
WORK
SUPPORT
INPUT
Knock sensor
Battery voltage
Injectors
DATA
MONITOR
DATA
MONITOR
(SPEC)
IACV-AAC valve
EC
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-II screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-1287, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data" .
EC-1285
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
LEC104A
3.
4.
MBIB0233E
5.
Touch ENGINE.
If ENGINE is not indicated, go to GI-36, "CONSULT-II Data
Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" .
SEF948Y
6.
SEF949Y
EC-1286
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM
CONDITION
USAGE
EC
SELF-LEARNING CONT
IGN SW ON
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-II MAY DISPLAY
BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY,
EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
IDLE CONDITION
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1194, "INDEX FOR DTC" .
Description
The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
to EC-1194, "INDEX FOR DTC" .)
FUEL SYS-B2
EC-1287
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Freeze frame data
item *
Description
The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
schedule.
The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
than short-term fuel trim.
VHCL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
MAIN SIGNALS
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
COOLAN TEMP/S
[C] or [F]
Description
EC-1288
Remarks
When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
The engine coolant temperature
determined by the ECM is displayed.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
MAIN SIGNALS
FUEL T/TMP SE
[C] or [F]
INT/A TEMP SE
[C] or [F]
START SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
CLSD THL/P SW
[ON/OFF]
P/N POSI SW
[ON/OFF]
Remarks
EC-1289
EC
Display of heated oxygen sensor 1 signal during air-fuel ratio feedback control:
RICH: means the mixture became
rich, and control is being affected
toward a leaner mixture.
LEAN: means the mixture became
lean, and control is being affected
toward a rich mixture.
PW/ST SIGNAL
[ON/OFF]
Description
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
AMB TEMP SW
[ON/OFF]
IGNITION SW
[ON/OFF]
INJ PULSE-B1
[msec]
MAIN SIGNALS
Description
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control
value computed by the ECM according
to the input signals.
The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by
ECM according to the input signal) is
indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
ON: Open
OFF: Closed
INJ PULSE-B2
[msec]
IGN TIMING [BTDC]
MASS AIRFLOW
[gm/s]
IACV-AAC/V [%]
VENT CONT/V
[ON/OFF]
VC/V BYPASS/V
[ON/OFF]
EC-1290
Remarks
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Monitored item [Unit]
ECM
INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN SIGNALS
Description
EC
Frequency
[msec] or [Hz] or [%]
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ECM
input
signals
Main
signals
B/FUEL SCHDL
[msec]
Voltage [V]
Remarks
H
Description
Remarks
Base fuel schedule indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior
to any learned on board correction.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
CONDITION
FUEL INJECTION
IGNITION TIMING
IACV-AAC/V
OPENING
JUDGEMENT
If trouble symptom disappears, see
CHECK ITEM.
EC-1291
Fuel injector
IACV-AAC valve
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
TEST ITEM
CONDITION
POWER BALANCE
FUEL PUMP
RELAY
PURG VOL
CONT/V
FUEL/T TEMP
SEN
VENT CONTROL/V
VC/V BYPASS/V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Compression
Fuel injector
Power transistor
Spark plug
Ignition coil
Fuel injector
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
Solenoid valve
ENG COOLANT
TEMP
JUDGEMENT
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
EC-1292
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
DTC Work Support Mode
Test mode
EVAPRATIVE SYSTEM
HO2S1
HO2S2
Test item
Condition
Reference page
EC-1508, EC-1650
EC-1556, EC-1675
EC-1652
EC-1500
EC-1694
EC-1408
EC-1604
EC-1610
EC
EC-1396
Refer to corresponding
trouble diagnosis for DTC.
EC-1408
EC-1604
EC-1610
EC-1396
EC-1617
EC-1628
EC-1427
EC-1617
EC-1628
EC-1427
Operation
AUTO TRIG
EC-1293
SEF705Y
SEF707X
1.
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
2.
While trying to detect the DTC/1st trip DTC by performing the DTC Confirmation Procedure, be sure to
select to DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) mode. You can confirm the malfunction at the moment it is
detected.
While narrowing down the possible causes, CONSULT-II should be set in DATA MONITOR (AUTO
TRIG) mode, especially in case the incident is intermittent.
When you are inspecting the circuit by gently shaking (or twisting) the suspicious connectors, components
and harness in the DTC Confirmation Procedure, the moment a malfunction is found the DTC/1st trip DTC
will be displayed. (Refer to GI-25, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" .)
MANU TRIG
If the malfunction is displayed as soon as DATA MONITOR is selected, reset CONSULT-II to MANU
TRIG. By selecting MANU TRIG you can monitor and store the data. The data can be utilized for further
diagnosis, such as a comparison with the value for the normal operating condition.
SEF720X
UBS00DSD
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained on the next page.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual.
SEF139P
EC-1294
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode
Function
READINESS TESTS
This mode gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs
and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
MODE 2
(FREEZE DATA)
This mode gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during
the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1287, "Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze
Frame Data" .
MODE 3
DTCs
This mode gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored
by ECM.
MODE 1
EC
This mode can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes:
MODE 4
MODE 6
This mode accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
MODE 7
This mode enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions.
This mode can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped).
When this mode is performed, the following parts can be opened or closed.
MODE 8
MODE 9
CALIBRATION ID
Engine running
This mode is to enable the off-board to request vehicle specific vehicle information such
as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and calibration IDs.
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
LEC104A
EC-1295
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
3.
4.
AEC059B
5.
AEC060B
UBS00DSE
Remarks:
Specification data are reference values.
Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in
spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM
according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.
No load
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
Warm-up condition
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.7 - 2.3V
More than 70C (158F)
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-II value speedometer indication with the speedometer indication.
11 - 14V
0.15 - 0.85V
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
3.5 - 4.7V
EC-1296
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
START SIGNAL
P/N POSI SW
PW/ST SIGNAL
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF ON OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Except above
OFF
OFF
ON
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
AMB TEMP SW
ON
IGNITION SW
No load
No load
No load
No load
No load
A/F ALPHA-B1
A/F ALPHA-B2
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 4.8V
OFF ON
B/FUEL SCHDL
IGN TIMING
IACV-AAC/V
VENT CONT/V
HO2S1 HTR (B1)
HO2S1 HTR (B2)
EC
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
ON OFF ON
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
I
Idle
102 BTDC
2,000 rpm
Idle
10 - 20%
2,000 rpm
Idle
0%
2,000 rpm
54 - 155%
ON
OFF
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
ON
OFF
EC-1297
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
MONITOR ITEM
CONDITION
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and
at idle for 1 minute under no load.
OFF
OFF
ON
CAL/LD VALUE
Ignition switch: ON
ON
OFF
Idle
18.5 - 26.0%
2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0%
0.0%
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Approx. 80%
Idle
2,500 rpm
No load
No load
Ignition switch: ON
ABSOL THP/S
MASS AIRFLOW
SPECIFICATION
UBS00DSF
The following are the major sensor reference graphs in DATA MONITOR mode.
SEF306Y
ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1), INJ PULSE-B1
Below is the data for ENG SPEED, MAS A/F SE-B1, THRTL POS SEN, HO2S2 (B1), HO2S1 (B1) and
INJ PULSE-B1 when revving engine quickly up to 4,800 rpm under no load after warming up engine sufficiently.
EC-1298
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
Each value is for reference, the exact value may vary.
A
EC
F
SEF241Y
EC-1299
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
[VG33ER]
SEF242YD
EC-1300
PFP:00031
A
UBS00DSG
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in DATA MONITOR (SPEC)
mode of CONSULT-II during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in DATA MONI- EC
TOR (SPEC) mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in
DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or
more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the C
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board cor- D
rection)
A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
E
MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Testing Condition
UBS00DSH
Transmission: Warmed-up*1
Inspection Procedure
UBS00DSI
NOTE:
Perform DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met.
3. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2
and MAS A/F SE-B1 in DATA MONITOR (SPEC) mode with
CONSULT-II.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
5. If NG, go to EC-1302, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF601Z
EC-1301
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DSJ
LEC089A
EC-1302
EC
SEF768Z
EC-1303
LEC090A
EC-1304
PFP:00006
A
UBS00DSK
Intermittent incidents (I/I) may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's EC
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of I/I occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may
not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the
C
specific malfunctioning area.
Common I/I Report Situations
STEP in Work Flow
Situation
II
The CONSULT-II is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than [0] or [1t].
III
IV
(1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI
The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DSL
1. INSPECTION START
Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION" .
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1305
PFP:24110
UBS00DSM
BBWA0465E
EC-1306
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self-shut-off)
10
B/R
ECM ground
19
B/R
ECM ground
Ignition switch
25
B/Y
ECM ground
32
B/Y
ECM ground
B/P
72
B/P
80
SB
Engine ground
0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
H
Engine ground
Power supply
(Back-up)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
ECM ground
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
ECM ground
Idle speed
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Engine ground
B/R
B/R
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
116
124
C
0 - 1.5V
67
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
W/L
[Engine is running]
24
Engine ground
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine ground
UBS00DSN
1. INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 6.
No
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1307
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF674U
10A fuse
BBIA0418E
EC-1308
Stop engine.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 80 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
EC
D
SEF678U
10A fuse
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO
12.
L
PBIB2168E
EC-1309
LEC106A
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
SEF625W
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and harness connector F27
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11. CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY BETWEEN ECM RELAY AND ECM FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
12. CHECK ECM OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1310
EC
: Continuity exists.
: No continuity
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace ECM relay.
D
SEF090M
I
BBIA0418E
Ground Inspection
UBS00GZ2
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
EC-1311
Inspect for add-on accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one
eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-17, "Ground Distribution" .
PBIB1870E
EC-1312
PFP:22690
A
UBS00DSO
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 1
heater control
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 1 heaters corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION
D
Engine speed
rpm
Above 2,800
OFF
ON
UBS00DSP
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
OFF
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00DSQ
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit low
Heated oxygen
sensor 1 heater
control circuit high
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater circuit is
shorted.)
UBS00DSR
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-1313
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
1.
2.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1314
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DSS
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1077E
EC-1315
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
119
BR/Y
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
EC-1316
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC
BBWA1078E
EC-1317
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
121
BR
Warm-up condition
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0.4V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DST
BBIA0418E
BBIA0189E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0783E
EC-1318
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 1 and fuse
EC
1.
2.
3.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0031
119
Bank 1
P0051
121
Bank 2
>> INSPECTION EN
Component Inspection
UBS00DSU
2.
EC-1319
SEF935X
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
UBS00DSV
EC-1320
PFP:14110
A
UBS00DSW
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Camshaft position sensor
ECM function
Actuator
EC
Supercharged
air control
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
This system controls supercharged air according to the engine operating conditions.
This control operation is accomplished through the ECM and the SCB valve control solenoid valve.
When the solenoid valve is ON, the SCB valve shuts. Then intake air is lead to supercharger, and supercharged air is sent to the cylinder.
When the solenoid valve is OFF, the SCB valve opens. Then intake air is sent to the cylinder directly.
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, current does not flow through the solenoid valve.
Engine stopped
Engine starting
K
SEC313C
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
SCB Valve Control Solenoid Valve
The SCB valve control solenoid valve responds to signals from the
ECM.
When the ECM sends an OFF signal, the solenoid valve is bypassed
to apply intake manifold vacuum to the SCB valve actuator. This
operation opens the SCB valve. When the ECM sends ON (ground)
signal, the SCB valve opens or closes depend on the throttle valve
position, regarding to the pressure difference between atmosphere
and throttle body.
LEC806
EC-1321
UBS00DSX
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
P0034
UBS00DSY
Possible cause
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1322
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DT0
EC
BBWA1105E
EC-1323
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
G/W
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DT1
LEC806
4.
Check voltage between SCB valve control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF657W
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between SCB valve control solenoid valve and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1324
3. CHECK SCB VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between SCB valve control solenoid valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
UBS00DT2
PBIB1439E
EC-1325
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Conditions
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
PBIB1434E
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
PBIB1435E
EC-1326
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00DT3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
ECM function
Heated oxygen sensor 2
heater control
Actuator
EC
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heaters corresponding to the engine
speed.
OPERATION
Engine speed rpm
Above 3,600
OFF
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
ON
UBS00DT4
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute
and at idle for 1 minute under no load.
ON
I
OFF
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00DT5
Possible cause
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit low
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.)
Heated oxygen
sensor 2 heater
control circuit high
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range.
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to
ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2
heater.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is
shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5V and 16V at
idle.
EC-1327
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1328
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DT7
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1116E
EC-1329
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
122
R/B
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
EC-1330
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EC
BBWA1081E
EC-1331
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
123
R/Y
0 - 1.0V
Engine stopped
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DT8
BBIA0418E
EC-1332
D
BBIA0187E
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
PBIB0112E
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse
1.
2.
3.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0037,
P0038
122
Bank 1
P0057,
P0058
123
Bank 2
EC-1333
Component Inspection
UBS00DT9
Check continuity.
Terminal No.
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3
Continuity
No
CAUTION:
PBIB1596E
UBS00DTA
EC-1334
PFP:22680
A
UBS00DTB
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
D
SEF030T
UBS00DTC
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No load
No load
No load
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.7 - 2.3V
Idle
18.5 - 26.0%
2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0%
Idle
2,500 rpm
Possible cause
K
DTC detecting condition
P0101
UBS00DTD
A)
SPECIFICATION
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
EC-1335
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF243Y
EC-1336
ENG SPEED
More than 3V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
8.
EC
C
SEF175Y
D
UBS00DTF
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
I
SEF534P
EC-1337
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DTG
BBWA0470E
EC-1338
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
C
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
E
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.7 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
67
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
72
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DTH
1. INSPECTION START
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
EC-1339
BBIA0418E
AEC641A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF627W
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
EC-1340
EC
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
Component Inspection
UBS00DTI
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
1.0 - 1.7
1.7 - 2.3
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
4.
EC-1341
5.
6.
EC-1342
PFP:22680
A
UBS00DTJ
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
EC
D
SEF030T
UBS00DTK
CAL/LD VALUE
MASS AIRFLOW
CONDITION
No load
No load
No load
Idle
1.0 - 1.7V
2,500 rpm
1.7 - 2.3V
Idle
18.5 - 26.0%
2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0%
Idle
2,500 rpm
P0102
P0103
J
UBS00DTL
Trouble diagnosis
name
SPECIFICATION
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Mass air flow sensor circuit
UBS00DTM
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-1343
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
5.
6.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-1344
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DTN
EC
BBWA0470E
EC-1345
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
54
55
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
1.0 - 1.7V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
1.7 - 2.3V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
67
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
72
B/P
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
117
B/P
Current return
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
UBS00DTO
1. INSPECTION START
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
EC-1346
1.
2.
EC
D
BBIA0418E
AEC641A
3.
L
SEF627W
Harness for open or short between ECM relay and mass air flow sensor
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1347
7. CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 54.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Component Inspection
UBS00DTP
Voltage V
Less than 1.0
1.0 - 1.7
1.7 - 2.3
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in
engine speed.
4.
EC-1348
5.
6.
EC
EC-1349
PFP:22630
UBS00DTQ
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 61
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
Trouble diagnosis
name
UBS00DTR
P0112
P0113
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
UBS00DTS
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
EC-1350
EC
EC-1351
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DTT
BBWA1074E
EC-1352
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DTU
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
LEC519
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF203W
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1353
4. CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between ECM and intake air temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
UBS00DTV
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
EC-1354
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 038
EC
C
SEF012P
EC-1355
PFP:22630
UBS00DTW
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(k)
10 (14)
4.4
7.0 - 11.4
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 59
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
UBS00DTX
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
P0117
P0118
EC-1356
Possible Cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Condition
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit
40C (104F)
80C (176F)
EC
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates
while engine is running.
UBS00DTY
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1357
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DTZ
BBWA0508E
EC-1358
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DU0
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
AEC643A
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF206W
Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1359
Harness for open or short between ECM and engine coolant temperature sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Component Inspection
UBS00DU1
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
EC-1360
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EC
C
SEF012P
UBS00DU2
EC-1361
PFP:16119
UBS00DU3
NOTE:
If DTC P0121 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. Refer to
EC-1589 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the Wide open and closed
throttle position switch, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
SEC299C
UBS00DU4
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ABSOL THP/S
SPECIFICATION
0.15 - 0.85V
3.5 - 4.7V
0.0%
Approx. 80%
EC-1362
UBS00DU5
A)
P0121
B)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
TP sensor
Fuel injector
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
TP sensor
UBS00DU6
Selector lever
Brake pedal
Depressed
Vehicle speed
0 km/h (0 MPH)
4.
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
2.
3.
EC
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
M
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1363
SEF177Y
SEF174Z
8.
9.
CMPSRPM (REF)
MAS AIR/FL SE
More than 3V
COOLAN TEMP/S
IACV-AAC/V
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
SEF805Z
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-1364
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DU7
EC
BBWA0473E
EC-1365
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
23
Warm-up condition
0.15 - 0.85V
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
Engine stopped
3.5 - 4.7V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DU8
1. INSPECTION START
Specifications
Ignitions timing
Approximately 0V
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1366
1.
2.
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
EC
BBIA0418E
AEC638A
3.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF630W
EC-1367
6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
7. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Specifications
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-1368
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
EC
Pulse signal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U
SEF998U
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
H
Pulse signal
I
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
SEF625V
EC-1369
Component Inspection
UBS00DU9
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7V
SEF719Y
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7
EC-1370
PFP:16119
A
UBS00DUA
NOTE:
If DTC P0122, P0123 is displayed with DTC P0510, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510. EC
Refer to EC-1589 .
The throttle position sensor responds to the accelerator pedal movement. This sensor is a kind of potentiometer which transforms the throttle position into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, the sensor detects the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signal to the C
ECM.
Idle position of the throttle valve is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the throttle position sensor. This sensor controls engine operation such as fuel cut. On the other hand, the Wide open and closed D
throttle position switch, which is built into the throttle position sensor unit, is not used for engine control.
E
J
SEC299C
UBS00DUB
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped)
ABSOL THP/S
SPECIFICATION
0.15 - 0.85V
3.5 - 4.7V
0.0%
Approx. 80%
UBS00DUC
EC-1371
P0122
P0123
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
TP sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
Detected items
Condition
Driving condition
Normal
When accelerating
Poor acceleration
UBS00DUD
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Vehicle speed
Selector lever
3.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1372
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DUE
EC
BBWA0473E
EC-1373
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
23
Warm-up condition
0.15 - 0.85V
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
Engine stopped
3.5 - 4.7V
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
UBS00DUF
BBIA0418E
EC-1374
D
AEC638A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SEF630W
3. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
4. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 23 and throttle position sensor terminal 2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1375
Specifications
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor. To adjust it, perform EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-1376
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
EC
Pulse signal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U
SEF998U
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
H
Pulse signal
I
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel injector.
SEF625V
EC-1377
Component Inspection
UBS00DUG
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7V
SEF719Y
With GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
Voltage [V]
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7
EC-1378
PFP:22630
A
UBS00DUH
NOTE:
If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or EC
P0118. Refer to EC-1356 .
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine
coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
C
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases.
D
E
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant
temperature C (F)
Voltage* (V)
10 (14)
4.4
9.2
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
2.2
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.9
0.236 - 0.260
Resistance
(k)
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 59
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
I
SEF012P
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
P0125
UBS00DUI
Harness or connectors
(High resistance in the circuit)
Thermostat
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
EC-1379
Possible cause
UBS00DUJ
WITH CONSULT-II
4.
5.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DUK
BBIA0418E
EC-1380
Component Inspection
UBS00DUL
Check resistance between coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
EC
D
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
H
SEF012P
2.
I
UBS00DUM
EC-1381
PFP:22630
UBS00DUN
The intake air temperature sensor is mounted to the air duct housing. The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
LEC519
<Reference data>
Intake air
temperature C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
20 (68)
3.5
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
1.23
0.27 - 0.38
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 61
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
UBS00DUO
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
a.
EC-1382
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
EC
C
SEF176Y
WITH GST
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DUQ
J
BBIA0418E
EC-1383
Component Inspection
UBS00DUR
Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
PBIB0081E
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 038
SEF012P
2.
EC-1384
PFP:21200
A
UBS00DUS
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
EC
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open.
DTC No.
P0128
Thermostat function
Possible cause
Thermostat
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10C (14F) to 70C (158F).
2.
3.
4.
5.
Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-28, "THERMOSTAT" . Use only a genuine NISSAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may come on.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with
CONSULT-II.
Check that the COOLAN TEMP/S is above 70C (158F).
If it is below 70C (158F), go to following step.
If it is above 70C (158F), cool down the engine to less than
70C (158F), then retry from step 1.
Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following
conditions.
VHCL SPEED SE
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
PBIB1917E
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
M
UBS00DUU
EC-1385
Component Inspection
UBS00DUV
PBIB2005E
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P
2.
UBS00DUW
EC-1386
PFP:22690
A
UBS00DUX
EC
D
SEF463R
H
SEF288D
UBS00DUY
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DUZ
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the heated oxygen sensor 1 output is not inordinately high.
PBIB1847E
DTC No.
P0132
(Bank 1)
P0152
(Bank 2)
EC-1387
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DV0
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1388
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DV1
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1075E
EC-1389
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-1390
EC
BBWA1076E
EC-1391
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DV2
BBIA0418E
EC-1392
3. CHECK HO2S1
1.
2.
3.
DTC
EC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0132
50
Bank 1
P0152
51
Bank 2
D
BBIA0189E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0132
50
Bank 1
P0152
51
Bank 2
>> GO TO 4.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1393
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/
(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1394
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
G
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
H
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor.
UBS00DV3
EC-1395
PFP:22690
UBS00DV4
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DV5
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DV6
SEF010V
EC-1396
P0133
(Bank 1)
P0153
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
PCV valve
EC
D
UBS00DV7
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF338Z
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 40 to 50 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
EC-1397
SEF339Z
SEF658Y
UBS00DV8
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1398
SEF919UA
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DV9
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1075E
EC-1399
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-1400
EC
BBWA1076E
EC-1401
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DVA
BBIA0418E
EC-1402
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-1403
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1437 or EC1445 .
No
>> GO TO 6.
EC-1404
EC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0133
50
Bank 1
P0153
51
Bank 2
D
BBIA0189E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0133
50
Bank 1
P0153
51
Bank 2
SEC137A
EC-1405
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and
HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1406
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and
ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
H
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DVB
EC-1407
PFP:22690
UBS00DVC
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DVD
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DVE
SEF237U
DTC No.
P0134
(Bank 1)
P0154
(Bank 2)
EC-1408
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DVF
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
C
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
G
LEC068A
5.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 10 to 60 seconds.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
LEC069A
LEC034A
UBS00DVG
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
EC-1409
4.
Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm constant under no load.
The voltage does not remain in the range of 0.2 to 0.4V.
If NG, go to EC-1414, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF919UA
EC-1410
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DVH
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1075E
EC-1411
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
50
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
EC-1412
EC
BBWA1076E
EC-1413
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
51
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF002V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DVI
BBIA0418E
EC-1414
DTC
EC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0134
50
Bank 1
P0154
51
Bank 2
D
BBIA0189E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0134
50
Bank 1
P0154
51
Bank 2
EC-1415
3.
4.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1416
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] and
ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
H
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DVJ
EC-1417
PFP:226A0
UBS00DVK
UBS00DVL
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00DVM
PBIB1848E
DTC No.
P0138
(Bank 1)
P0158
(Bank 2)
Trouble diagnosis
name
Heated oxygen sensor
2 circuit high voltage
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DVN
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-1418
EC
SEF174Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
EC-1419
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DVO
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1420
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC-1421
BBWA1080E
EC-1422
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS00DVP
1.
2.
I
BBIA0418E
EC-1423
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0138
56
Bank 1
P0158
57
Bank 2
BBIA0187E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0138
56
Bank 1
P0158
57
Bank 2
EC-1424
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
D
F
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
J
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-1425
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
UBS00DVQ
EC-1426
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00DVR
EC
D
SEF327R
UBS00DVS
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00DVT
SEF302U
DTC No.
P0139
(Bank 1)
P0159
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-1427
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 or HO2S2 (B2) P0159 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II and follow the instruction of CONSULT-II.
Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-II.
PBIB0115E
7.
a.
b.
c.
d.
SEF174Y
UBS00DVV
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1428
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DVW
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1429
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
EC-1430
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1431
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DVX
BBIA0418E
EC-1432
WITH CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
SEF968Y
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart
and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1437 or EC1445 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
BBIA0187E
EC-1433
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0139
56
Bank 1
P0159
57
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0139
56
Bank 1
P0159
57
Bank 2
EC-1434
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
D
F
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
J
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-1435
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
UBS00DVY
EC-1436
PFP:16600
A
UBS00DVZ
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0174
(Bank 2)
Actuator
Fuel injection
control
P0171
(Bank 1)
ECM function
Fuel injector
Possible cause
Fuel injector
Lack of fuel
H
UBS00DW0
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1437
Select MODE 7 with GST. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-1441, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
9. If it is difficult to start engine at step 7, the fuel injection system has a malfunction.
10. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. If engine starts, go to EC-1441, "Diagnostic Procedure"
. If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
EC-1438
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DW1
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1102E
EC-1439
BBWA1103E
EC-1440
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DW2
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
EC-1441
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0171
50
Bank 1
P0174
51
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0171
50
Bank 1
P0174
51
Bank 2
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
EC-1442
With CONSULT-II
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Check MASS AIR FLOW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
1.
2.
EC
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Install all parts removed.
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-1335 .
K
SEF070Y
1.
2.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Listen to each injector operating sound.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1725, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT" .
EC-1443
9. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect all injector harness connectors.
Remove injector gallery assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
For DTC P0171, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect injector harness connectors on bank 2.
Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
Prepare pans or saucers under each injector.
Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, make sure than fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, make sure than fuel sprays out from injectors
on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each injector.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace injectors from which fuel does not spray out.
Always replace O-ring with new ones.
EC-1444
SEF595Q
PFP:16600
A
UBS00DW3
With the Air-Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the heated oxygen sensor 1. The EC
ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical
ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). C
Sensor
DTC No.
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0172
(Bank 1)
P0175
(Bank 2)
ECM function
Actuator
Fuel injection
control
Fuel injector
Possible cause
Fuel injector
G
UBS00DW4
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1445
EC-1446
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DW5
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1102E
EC-1447
BBWA1103E
EC-1448
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DW6
EC
E
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0172
50
Bank 1
P0175
51
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P0172
50
Bank 1
P0175
51
Bank 2
EC-1449
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
1. Install all parts removed.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-1335 .
EC-1450
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine
speed drop.
EC
E
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
I
MEC703B
8. CHECK INJECTOR
Remove injector assembly. Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
Keep fuel hose and all injectors connected to injector gallery.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all injector harness connectors
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each injectors.
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Make sure fuel does not drip from injector.
OK or NG
OK (Does not drip)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Drips)>>Replace the injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
1.
EC-1451
PFP:22630
UBS00DW7
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
C (F)
Voltage*
(V)
Resistance
(k)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 60
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
P0181
UBS00DW8
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1452
SEF174Y
EC
EC-1453
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DWA
BBWA1084E
EC-1454
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DWB
EC
LEC764
4.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEC310C
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground.
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1455
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
PBIB1425E
UBS00DWC
EC-1456
PFP:22630
A
UBS00DWD
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
EC
D
LEC764
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature
C (F)
Voltage* (V)
20 (68)
3.5
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
2.2
0.79 - 0.90
Resistance
(k)
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 60
(Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor.
Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
SEF012P
UBS00DWE
Possible cause
P0182
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0183
UBS00DWF
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF174Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1457
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DWG
BBWA1084E
EC-1458
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DWH
EC
LEC764
4.
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEC310C
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel tank temperature sensor
>> Repair harness or connector.
3. CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open between fuel tank temperature sensor and ground.
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1459
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
PBIB1425E
UBS00DWI
EC-1460
UBS00DWJ
This diagnosis checks whether the engine coolant temperature is extraordinary high, even when the load is EC
not heavy.
This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
P0217
Possible cause
Thermostat
Blocked radiator
Blocked air passage by improper installation of front fog lamp or fog lamps
Damaged bumper
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine
Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE
RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
UBS00DWK
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the engine coolant over temperature enrichment protection
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow builtup pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (Using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or the radiator is below
the proper range, skip following steps and go to EC-1463,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of range between 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
SEF621W
Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be
sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
EC-1461
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
SEF927Z
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check the coolant level and mixture ratio (Using coolant tester)
in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level and mixture ratio.
If the coolant level in the reservoir and/or radiator is below the
proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1463,
"Diagnostic Procedure" .
If the coolant mixture ratio is out of range between 45 to 55%,
replace the coolant. Refer to MA-26, "Changing Engine Coolant" .
SEF621W
Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling
speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring coolant by kettle. Be
sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTI-FREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
After checking or replacing coolant, go to step 3) below.
Confirm whether customer filled the engine coolant or not. If customer filled engine coolant, skip following
steps and go to EC-1463, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
Be careful not to overheat engine.
If NG, go to step 1 of EC-1463, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step.
Check for blocked coolant passage.
Warm up engine to normal operating temperature, then grasp upper and lower radiator hoses and make
sure that coolant flows.
If NG, go to step 4 of EC-1463, "Diagnostic Procedure" . After repair, go to next step.
EC-1462
6.
7.
SEF927Z
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DWL
Start engine and make sure that cooling fan (crankshaft driven) operates.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check cooling fan (crankshaft driven). Refer to CO-32, "COOLING FAN (CRANKSHAFT
DRIVEN)" .
Apply pressure to the cooling system with a tester, and check if the pressure drops.
CAUTION:
Higher than the specified pressure may cause radiator damage.
SLC754A
EC-1463
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace radiator cap.
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
SLC343
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
SEF012P
EC-1464
Step
OFF
Inspection item
UBS00DWM
Equipment
No blocking
Reference page
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
See MA-14 .
Coolant level
Visual
See MA-26 .
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-23 .
Visual
Standard
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
See CO-23 .
ON*1
Thermostat
See CO-28 .
ON*1
Cooling fan
(Crankshaft driven)
Visual
Operating
See CO-32 .
OFF
Negative
ON*2
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
See MA-26 .
OFF*3
10
Visual
See MA-14 .
OFF
11
Cylinder head
See EM-102 .
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-131 .
EC-1465
P0299
Supercharger function
PFP:14110
UBS00DWN
Possible cause
Supercharger
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
ENG SPEED
VHCL SPEED SE
4.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1466
SEF058Y
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DWP
With CONSULT-II
1. Stop the engine and turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform SCB/V CONT SOL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
EC
E
PBIB1439E
3.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Air passage continuity
between A and B
ON
Yes
No
OFF
No
Yes
Conditions
PBIB1434E
With GST
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions
Conditions
Yes
No
No supply
No
Yes
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Replace the supercharger bypass valve control solenoid valve.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 3.
No
>> Replace supercharger bypass valve actuator.
EC-1467
PBIB1435E
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace the supercharger drive belt.
No
>> GO TO 4.
UBS00DWQ
SUPERCHARGER
EC-1468
UBS00DWR
When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the CKP EC
sensor signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
ECM function
P0300
P0301
P0302
P0303
P0304
P0305
P0306
Possible cause
Insufficient compression
Fuel injector
Lack of fuel
M
UBS00DWS
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
EC-1469
Vehicle speed
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F),
T should be lower than 70 C (158 F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed
Time
Approximately 10 minutes
Approximately 5 minutes
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DWT
EC-1470
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary
engine speed drop?
EC
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
When disconnecting each injector harness connector one at a time,
is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine
speed drop?
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 4.
No
>> GO TO 7.
AEC646A
4. CHECK INJECTOR
J
MEC703B
EC-1471
SEF282G
Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance:
Cylinder No.
Approx. 6.5
Approx. 10.0
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 12.5
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 11.0
SEF174P
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check the following:
Distributor rotor head for incorrect parts
Ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits
Refer to EC-1719, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Replace.
SEF156I
EC-1472
Minimum
Difference between
each cylinder
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> GO TO 10.
Specifications
Ignition timing
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 12.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
EC-1473
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG and HI SPEED in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1
(B1)/(B2) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1474
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1)
signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
G
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
H
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
With CONSULT-II
Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in MODE 1 with GST.
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec
: at idling
: at 2,500 rpm
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-1335 .
EC-1475
EC-1476
PFP:22060
A
UBS00DWU
EC
D
SEF332I
UBS00DWV
Trouble diagnosis
name
P0327
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0328
Knock sensor
DTC No.
Possible cause
UBS00DWW
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
2.
3.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
M
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1477
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DWX
BBWA0512E
EC-1478
WIRE
COLOR
W
EC
ITEM
Knock sensor
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DWY
1. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1.
2.
3.
2. CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1.
2.
EC-1479
BBIA0418E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
Harness for open or short between harness connector F37 and ground
EC-1480
PFP:23731
A
UBS00DWZ
EC
D
SEF804Z
H
WEC549
UBS00DX0
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Run engine and compare CONSULT-II value with the tachometer indication.
UBS00DX1
K
DTC No.
P0335
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD) circuit
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
SEF058Y
EC-1481
EC-1482
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DX3
EC
BBWA0513E
EC-1483
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
1 - 2V
(AC range)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
47
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF690W
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DX4
BBIA0418E
EC-1484
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC
D
BBIA0182E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1485
Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF960N
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
SEF504V
EC-1486
PFP:22100
A
UBS00DX5
EC
D
SEF928V
H
SEF614B
UBS00DX6
A)
P0340
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CMP sensor circuit is open or
shorted)
UBS00DX7
NOTE:
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
EC-1487
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-1488
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DX8
EC
BBWA0482E
EC-1489
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
0 - 1.5V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
44
48
PU
PU
Camshaft position
sensor (Reference
signal)
SEF997U
0.3 - 0.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF998U
[Engine is running]
49
LG
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Approximately 2.5V
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
Camshaft position
sensor (Position signal)
SEF999U
Approximately 2.5V
[Engine is running]
SEF001V
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1490
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DX9
1.
2.
EC
BBIA0418E
I
AEC647A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF708U
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between camshaft position sensor and ECM
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1491
4. CHECK CMP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Condition
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
0.3 - 0.5V
0.3 - 0.5V
Pulse signal
PBIB1424E
SEF997U
SEF998U
Idle
2,000 rpm
Voltage
Approximately 2.5V
Approximately 2.5V
Pulse signal
SEF999U
SEF001V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly with camshaft position sensor.
EC-1492
UBS00DXA
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-1493
PFP:20905
UBS00DXB
DTC No.
Exhaust tube
Fuel injector
Spark plug
P0420
(Bank 1)
P0430
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
UBS00DXC
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed at between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no
load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood.
6. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely.
If INCMP of CATALYST changed to COMPLT, go to step
10.
8. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
SEF344Z
EC-1494
EC
C
SEF345Z
G
SEF560X
UBS00DXD
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a DTC
might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PBIB2157E
EC-1495
Make sure that the voltage switching frequency (high & low)
between ECM terminals 56 and ground, or 57 and ground is
very less than that of ECM terminals 50 and ground, or 51 and
ground.
Switching frequency ratio = A/B
A: Heated oxygen sensor 2 voltage switching frequency
B: Heated oxygen sensor 1 voltage switching frequency
This ratio should be less than 0.75.
If the ratio is greater than above, it means three way catalyst
(manifold) does not operate properly. Go to EC-1497, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
PBIB1437E
NOTE:
If the voltage at terminal 50 or 51 does not switch periodically more than 5 times within 10 seconds at step 5,
perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0133, P0153 first. (See EC-1396 .)
EC-1496
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DXE
EC
G
SEC502D
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
Specifications
Ignitions timing
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Adjust ignition timing.
EC-1497
5. CHECK INJECTORS
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Perform EC-1725, "INJECTOR CIRCUIT"
SEF711U
SEF282G
Inspect wires for cracks, damage, burned terminals and for improper fit.
Measure the resistance of wires to their distributor cap terminal.
Move each wire while testing to check for intermittent breaks.
Resistance:
Cylinder No.
Approx. 6.5
Approx. 10.0
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 12.5
Approx. 8.5
Approx. 11.0
SEF174P
If the resistance exceeds the above specification, inspect ignition wire to distributor cap connection. Clean
connection or replace the ignition wire with a new one.
OK or NG
OK
>> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1719, "IGNITION SIGNAL" .
NG
>> Replace.
EC-1498
8. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
EC
EC-1499
PFP:14950
UBS00DXF
NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with P0510, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0510 first. (See EC-1589 .)
PBIB1438E
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure
sensor to intake manifold vacuum.
UBS00DXG
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
DTC No.
P0441
EVAP control system does not operate properly, EVAP control system has a leak between
intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Possible cause
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
EC-1500
A
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
EC
Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch START.
C
If COMPLETED is displayed, go to step 7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
D
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
ENG SPEED
B/FUEL SCHDL
COOLAN TEMP/S
I
PBIB0826E
7.
UBS00DXI
Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring.
During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
L
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
ON
Headlamp switch
ON
ON
Engine speed
Gear position
SEF906U
8.
Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
EC-1501
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DXJ
AEC649A
5.
VACUUM
100%
Should exist
0%
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF677Y
EC-1502
AEC649A
1.
2.
EC
G
SEF367U
SEF368U
EC-1503
SEF985Y
3.
100%
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
EC-1504
1.
EC
D
AEC651A
Refer to DTC P0452, EC-1533, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or P0453, EC-1539, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
ON
No
OFF
Yes
K
SEF013Z
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
M
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-1505
BBIA0309E
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of CLSD THL/P SW.
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed
ON
OFF
Specifications
Ignitions timing
6.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor.
EC-1506
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle
position switch installed in vehicle.
EC
D
Throttle valve conditions
Continuity
Completely closed
Yes
No
BBIA0423E
Specifications
Ignitions timing
5.
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position switch.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch with throttle position sensor.
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace it.
EC-1507
PFP:14950
UBS00DXK
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1667 .)
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum.
If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve. The EVAP canister vent control valve will then be closed to shut the
EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is opened to depressurize the
EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve will be closed.
PBIB1438E
EC-1508
P0442
Possible cause
water separator
UBS00DXL
NOTE:
If DTC P0442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1667 .)
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full, and vehicle is
placed on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
EC
EC-1509
SEF475Y
5.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
6.
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, refer to EC-1511, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister
purge volume control solenoid valve properly.
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation of EC-1238, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-1238, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select MODE 1 with GST.
EC-1510
If P0442 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select MODE 1 with GST.
Diagnostic Procedure
EC
UBS00DXM
G
SEF915U
EC-1511
AEC649A
SEF916U
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
EC-1512
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
EC
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
I
SEF200U
EC-1513
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1514
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 11.
No (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
No (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14.
EC
D
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
K
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-1515
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
SEF677Y
EC-1516
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
EC
AEC652A
100%
Yes
0%
No
H
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
L
AEC652A
M
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-1517
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
PBIB1425E
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg)
or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
PBIB1426E
EC-1518
A
Check signal line and recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 24.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube.
C
CHECK REFUELING CONTROL VALVE
24.
EC-1519
UBS00DXN
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
EVAP canister
purge flow control
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
UBS00DXO
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
0%
2,000 rpm
EC-1520
UBS00DXP
P0444
P0445
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
shorted.)
Harness or connectors
(The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
EC
UBS00DXQ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
J
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1521
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DXR
BBWA1085E
EC-1522
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
ECM relay
(Self shut-off)
C
0 - 1.5V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
G
5
R/Y
SEF994U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
SEF995U
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1523
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DXS
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
AEC652A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF646W
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1524
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 6.
H
SEF677Y
With CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity under the following conditions.
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100%
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
EC-1525
SEF661U
EC-1526
PFP:14935
A
UBS00DXT
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
EC
D
SEF032W
H
SEF143S
UBS00DXU
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
UBS00DXV
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1527
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1528
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DXX
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-1529
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
1. INSPECTION START
SEF989Y
EC-1530
EC
D
SEF143S
4.
Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-II or tester.
F
H
SEF648W
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and fuse
5. CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1531
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
No
OFF
Yes
1.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-1532
BBIA0309E
PFP:25085
A
UBS00DXZ
EC
D
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
UBS00DY0
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00DY1
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1533
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1534
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DY3
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-1535
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
62
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00DY4
AEC651A
BBIA0418E
3.
CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
EC-1536
EC
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1537
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
EC-1538
PBIB1426E
PFP:25085
A
UBS00DY5
EC
D
SEF340V
H
PBIB1207E
UBS00DY6
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
P0453
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00DY7
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
EVAP canister
Water separator
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
1.
2.
3.
EC-1539
UBS00DY8
WITH CONSULT-II
SEF194Y
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1540
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DY9
EC
BBWA1087E
EC-1541
WIRE
COLO
R
ITEM
42
B/W
43
BR
Sensor ground
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
62
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
1.8 - 4.8V
UBS00DYA
AEC651A
BBIA0418E
3.
CHECK CONNECTOR
1.
2.
EC-1542
EC
Voltage: Approximately 5V
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
D
SEF889U
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
6. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1543
8. CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 62 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal
2.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
ON
No
OFF
Yes
1.
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-1544
BBIA0309E
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
EC
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
PBIB1426E
Check obstructed rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 13.
NG
>> Clean, repair or replace rubber tube.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
PBIB1032E
EC-1545
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-1546
PFP:14950
A
UBS00DYB
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (EC-1667 .)
EC
This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
C
H
LEC086A
DTC No.
P0455
EC-1547
Possible cause
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DYC
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filter cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0455 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1667
.)
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 to 3/4 full and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF475Y
6.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB0829E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
EC-1548
EC
C
LEC048A
WITH GST
NOTE:
Be sure to read the explanation to EC-1238, "Driving Pattern" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to EC-1238, "Driving Pattern" .
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Select MODE 1 with GST.
If P0442 or P1442 is displayed on the screen, go to DTC P0442 EC-1511, "Diagnostic Procedure" or for
DTC P1442 EC-1651, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If P0442, P0455 and P0441 are not displayed on the screen, go to the following step.
10. Select MODE 1 with GST.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DYD
SEF915U
EC-1549
4. CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
Refer to EC-1753, "Component Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
EC-1550
To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely.
EC
D
AEC649A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
H
SEF916U
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
M
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-1551
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
AEC632A
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
11. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 14.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
EC-1552
12. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> GO TO 13.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
L
SEF985Y
3.
100%
Yes
0%
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
SEF660U
EC-1553
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
AEC652A
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
LEC764
2.
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.78 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> Replace fuel tank temperature sensor.
PBIB1425E
EC-1554
EC
D
AEC651A
5.
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
PBIB1426E
EC-1555
PFP:14950
UBS00DYE
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak
diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected.
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
PBIB1438E
EC-1556
P0456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (negative
pressure check)
Possible cause
Water separator
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00DYF
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456 or
P1456.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
EC-1557
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0837E
6.
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
UBS00DYG
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
EC-1558
SEF462UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DYH
SEF915U
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1559
AEC649A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-1560
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts
until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
C
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
D
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
E
2
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
5.
I
SEF200U
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
Do not disassemble water separator.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace water separator.
PBIB1032E
EC-1561
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
SEF677Y
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 16.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
EC-1562
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Vacuum should exist.
EC
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 17.
NG
>> GO TO 15.
With CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> GO TO 17.
L
SEF985Y
EC-1563
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100 %
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
AEC652A
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve.
EC-1564
SEF661U
EC
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
D
PBIB1425E
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg)
or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
J
PBIB1426E
EC-1565
EC-1566
PFP:25060
A
UBS00DYI
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00DYJ
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected.
DTC No.
P0460
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00DYK
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1567
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DYL
BBWA1088E
EC-1568
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
46
OR/B
66
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DYM
PBIB1427E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1569
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
UBS00DYN
EC-1570
PFP:25060
A
UBS00DYO
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00DYP
P0461
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
H
UBS00DYQ
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-3,
"FUEL TANK" .
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
WITH CONSULT-II
NOTE:
Start from step 11, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1227, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
7. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
8. Select FUEL PUMP in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULTII.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 65/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
SEF195Y
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to12.
If NG, check the fuel level sensor, refer to DI-18, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK" .
EC-1571
EC-1572
PFP:25060
A
UBS00DYR
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00DYS
ECM receives two signals from the fuel level sensor circuit.
One is fuel level sensor power supply circuit, and the other is fuel level sensor ground circuit.
This diagnosis indicates the former, to detect open or short circuit malfunction.
DTC No.
Possible cause
P0462
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
H
UBS00DYT
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at ignition
switch ON.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1573
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DYU
BBWA1089E
EC-1574
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
46
OR/B
66
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DYV
PBIB1427E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
EC-1575
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel level sensor unit
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness on connectors.
UBS00DYW
EC-1576
PFP:32702
A
UBS00DYX
EC
D
AEC110
P0500
UBS00DYY
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The vehicle speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
G
UBS00DYZ
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-II should exceed 10
km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, go to EC-1580, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
If OK, go to following step.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds.
END SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
6.
SEF196Y
UBS00DZ0
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
EC-1577
4.
EC-1578
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DZ1
EC
BBWA1090E
EC-1579
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
29
G/B
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DZ2
1. CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
Harness for open or short between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor
OK or NG
OK
>> Check combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. Refer to DI-3, "METERS AND GAUGES" .
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1580
EC-1581
PFP:23781
UBS00DZ3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Park/neutral position
Battery
Battery voltage
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Idle air
control
Actuator
IACV-AAC valve
This system automatically controls engine idle speed to a specified level. Idle speed is controlled through fine
adjustment of the amount of air which bypasses the throttle valve via IACV-AAC valve. The IACV-AAC valve
repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The camshaft position sensor detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM then controls the ON/OFF time of the IACVAAC valve so that engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in ECM. The target engine speed
is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warm up, deceleration, and
engine load (air conditioner and power steering).
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
IACV-AAC Valve
The IACV-AAC valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM.
The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of air that will flow
through the valve. The more air that flows through the valve, the
higher the idle speed.
SEF040E
UBS00DZ4
IACV-AAC/V
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
10 - 20%
2,000 rpm
EC-1582
P0505
UBS00DZ5
B)
C)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
IACV-AAC valve
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
IACV-AAC valve
Harness or connectors
(The IACV-AAC valve circuit is open)
IACV-AAC valve
UBS00DZ6
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If 1st trip DTC cannot confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AND C.
EC
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with ignition switch ON.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF174Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
With CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-1583
SEF058Y
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-II above.
EC-1584
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DZ7
EC
BBWA1104E
EC-1585
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
SEF005V
101
OR/L
IACV-AAC valve
7 - 10V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF692W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DZ8
Stop engine.
Disconnect IACV-AAC valve harness connector.
Turn ignition switch ON.
LEC766
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF651W
EC-1586
10A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK IACV-AAC VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1587
SEF202V
UBS00DZ9
IACV-AAC VALVE
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-1588
PFP:22620
A
UBS00DZA
EC
D
SEF505V
UBS00DZB
CONDITION
ON
OFF
P0510
SPECIFICATION
G
UBS00DZC
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The closed throttle position switch circuit is
open or shorted)
UBS00DZD
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then start engine.
Select CLSD THL/P SW in DATA MONITOR mode.
Check the signal under the following conditions.
Condition
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
Signal indication
ON
OFF
EC-1589
VHCL SPEED SE
Selector lever
Suitable position
Driving location
7.
UBS00DZE
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed throttle position switch circuit. During this check,
a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
: Battery voltage
: Approximately 0V
SEF872U
EC-1590
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DZF
EC
BBWA0490E
EC-1591
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
28
BR/W
Warm-up condition
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Engine stopped
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DZG
AEC653A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF715U
Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between throttle position switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1592
3. CHECK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC
Specifications
Ignition timing
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check indication of CLSD THL/P SW.
Measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
CLSD THL/P SW
Completely closed
ON
OFF
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1593
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect closed throttle position switch harness connector.
Check continuity between closed throttle position switch terminals 4 and 5.
Resistance measurement must be made with closed throttle position switch installed in vehicle.
Throttle valve conditions
Continuity
Completely closed
Yes
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
BBIA0423E
Specifications
Ignitions timing
If it is impossible to adjust closed throttle position switch in Basic Inspection, replace closed throttle position
switch.
OK or NG
OK (with CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 8.
OK (without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace throttle position switch.
EC-1594
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Check voltage of THRTL POS SEN.
Voltage [V]
3.5 - 4.7
Completely open
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine (ignition switch OFF).
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 (Throttle position sensor signal) and ground.
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85
Voltage measurement must be made with throttle position sensor installed in vehicle.
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor.
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC
Voltage [V]
0.15 - 0.85
3.5 - 4.7
If NG, adjust closed throttle position switch. Refer to EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace throttle position sensor.
EC-1595
PFP:23710
UBS00DZH
These circuit lines are used to control the smooth shifting up and down of A/T during the hard acceleration/
deceleration.
Voltage signals are exchanged between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
UBS00DZI
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The circuit between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is open or shorted.]
*: This DTC can be detected only by DATA MONITOR (AUTO TRIG) with CONSULT-II.
UBS00DZJ
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1596
Wiring Diagram
UBS00DZK
WITHOUT VDC
EC
BBWA1092E
EC-1597
WIRE
COLO
R
ITEM
26
PU/W
27
P/B
35
G/R
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
EC-1598
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
Approximately 0 - 1.0V
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1599
WIRE
COLOR
W/G
ITEM
A/T signal
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0 - 5.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DZL
WITHOUT VDC
LEC106A
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
AEC655A
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 26 and ground, ECM terminal 27 and ground, ECM terminal 35 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should not exist.
EC-1600
Check the harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module).
EC
WITH VDC
H
LEC106A
3.
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair harness or connectors.
L
AEC655A
EC-1601
PFP:23710
UBS00DZM
SEC220B
UBS00DZN
Possible cause
ECM
UBS00DZO
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1602
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DZP
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-II.
Touch ERASE.
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1602, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select MODE 4 with GST.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-1602, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" .
5. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Replace ECM.
No
>> INSPECTION END.
EC
EC-1603
PFP:22690
UBS00DZQ
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DZR
CONDITION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DZS
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high and whether the lean output is sufficiently low. When both the
outputs are shifting to the lean side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF300U
EC-1604
P1143
(Bank 1)
P1163
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
EC
UBS00DZT
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J
LEC072A
6.
EGN SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
LEC073A
LEC055A
EC-1605
UBS00DZU
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00DZV
BBIA0418E
EC-1606
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-1437 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
Stop engine.
Check resistance between HO2S1 terminals 3 and 1.
Resistance: 3.3 - 4.0 [at 25C (77F)]
3.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been
dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 5.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1607
SEF935X
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/
(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1608
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 [HO2S1 (B1) signal] or 51 [HO2S1 (B2) signal] and
ground.
3. Check the following with engine speed held at 2,000 rpm conC
stant under no load.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
H
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00DZW
EC-1609
PFP:22690
UBS00DZX
SEF463R
SEF288D
UBS00DZY
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
HO2S1 (B1)
HO2S1 (B2)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B1)
HO2S1 MNTR
(B2)
LEAN RICH
Changes more than 5 times during
10 seconds.
UBS00DZZ
To judge the malfunction, the output from the heated oxygen sensor
1 is monitored to determine whether the rich output is sufficiently
high. The lean output is sufficiently low. When both the outputs are
shifting to the rich side, the malfunction will be detected.
SEF299U
DTC No.
P1144
(Bank 1)
P1164
(Bank 2)
EC-1610
Possible cause
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00E00
A
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
C
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
LEC074A
6.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will
take approximately 50 seconds or more.)
ENG SPEED
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
Selector lever
Suitable position
7.
LEC075A
UBS00E01
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-1611
LEC058A
1.
4.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E02
BBIA0418E
EC-1612
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer toEC-1445 .
No
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-1613
EC-1614
SEF935X
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select MANU TRIG in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II, and select HO2S1 (B1)/(B2) and HO2S1 MNTR (B1)/
(B2).
Hold engine speed at 2,000 rpm under no load during the following steps.
Touch RECORD on CONSULT-II screen.
EC
E
PBIB2025E
5.
SEF647Y
L
SEF648Y
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
EC-1615
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 1.
UBS00E03
EC-1616
PFP:226A0
A
UBS00E04
EC
D
SEF327R
UBS00E05
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00E06
SEF972Z
DTC No.
P1146
(Bank 1)
P1166
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
UBS00E07
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
EC-1617
PBIB0818E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
EC-1618
UBS00E08
A
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
EC
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1619
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E09
BANK 1
BBWA1079E
EC-1620
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC-1621
BBWA1080E
EC-1622
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
E
UBS00E0A
1.
2.
I
BBIA0418E
EC-1623
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-1445 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1624
BBIA0187E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1146
56
Bank 1
P1166
57
Bank 2
EC
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1146
56
Bank 1
P1166
57
Bank 2
EC-1625
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-1626
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
EC
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
C
5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 56 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 57 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and
ground.
6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load
D
at least 10 times.
(Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.)
The voltage should be above 0.62V at least once during this
E
procedure.
If the voltage is above 0.62V at step 6, step 7 is not necessary.
F
7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or
check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D
position with OD OFF (A/T), 3rd gear position (M/T).
The voltage should be below 0.48V at least once during this
SEF922UA
G
procedure.
8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
H
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
I
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
J
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
UBS00E0B
EC-1627
PFP:226A0
UBS00E0C
UBS00E0D
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
0 - 0.3V Approx. 0.6 - 1.0V
Warm-up condition
LEAN RICH
UBS00E0E
SEF303UB
DTC No.
P1147
(Bank 1)
P1167
(Bank 2)
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
EC-1628
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select HO2S2 (B1) P1147 or HO2S2 (B2) P1167 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-II.
EC
PBIB0819E
6.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
EC-1629
UBS00E0G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a
DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
EC-1630
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E0H
BANK 1
EC
BBWA1079E
EC-1631
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
56
OR
Warm-up condition
EC-1632
0 - Approximately 1.0V
EC
BBWA1080E
EC-1633
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
57
Warm-up condition
0 - Approximately 1.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E0I
BBIA0418E
EC-1634
With CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching CLEAR.
Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
EC
E
SEF968Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at
idle speed.
4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed.
6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1241, "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION" .
7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed.
8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected?
Is it difficult to start engine?
Yes or No
Yes
>> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer toEC-1437 .
No
>> GO TO 3.
EC-1635
BBIA0187E
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1147
56
Bank 1
P1167
57
Bank 2
Terminals
Bank
ECM
Sensor
P1147
56
Bank 1
P1167
57
Bank 2
EC-1636
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
EC
Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperate.
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item with CONSULT-II.
D
F
SEF662Y
7.
Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
J
SEF989RD
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.62V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.48V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC-1637
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
UBS00E0J
EC-1638
PFP:22690
A
UBS00E0K
EC
Possible cause
D
UBS00E0L
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Never raise engine speed above 2,800 rpm during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. If the engine
speed limit is exceeded, retry the procedure from step 2.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF967Y
ENG SPEED
Selector lever
Suitable position
VHCL SPEED SE
During this test, P0134 and/or P0154 may be displayed on CONSULT-II screen.
If DTC is detected, go to EC-1640, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
UBS00E0M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the closed loop control. During this check, a DTC might not
be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
B/FUEL SCHDL
6.
EC-1639
4.
SEF919UA
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E0N
EC-1640
PFP:00021
A
UBS00E0O
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction EC
is indicated.
This self-diagnosis has one trip detection logic.
DTC No.
Radiator hose
Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method.
P1217
Possible cause
Radiator
Radiator cap
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated be sure to replace the coolant, follow the procedure in MA-26,
"Changing Engine Coolant" . Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-30, "Changing Engine Oil" .
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute like pouring
coolant by kettle. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-14, "ANTIFREEZE COOLANT MIXTURE RATIO" .
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
UBS00E0P
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SEF621W
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
EC-1641
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E0Q
SLC754A
SLC755A
4. CHECK THERMOSTAT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1642
SLC343
Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure.
<Reference data>
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
EC
D
PBIB2005E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
H
SEF012P
Step
OFF
Inspection item
Blocked radiator
Blocked condenser
Blocked bumper
UBS00E0R
Equipment
Visual
Standard
No blocking
Reference page
Coolant mixture
Coolant tester
See MA-14 .
Coolant level
Visual
See MA-26 .
Radiator cap
Pressure tester
59 - 98 kPa
See CO-23 .
Coolant leaks
Visual
No leaks
See CO-23 .
ON*1
Thermostat
See CO-28 .
ON*1
Visual
Operating
See CO-32 .
OFF
Negative
EC-1643
Step
ON*2
Inspection item
Equipment
Standard
Reference page
Coolant temperature
gauge
Visual
Coolant overflow to
reservoir tank
Visual
See MA-26 .
OFF*3
10
Visual
See MA-14 .
OFF
11
Cylinder head
See EM-102 .
12
Visual
No scuffing on cylinder
walls or piston
See EM-131 .
EC-1644
PFP:23731
A
UBS00E0S
EC
D
SEF804Z
H
BBIA0182E
P1336
UBS00E0T
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Drive plate/Flywheel
WITH CONSULT-II
2.
3.
UBS00E0U
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
1.
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1645
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E0V
BBWA0513E
EC-1646
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
43
BR
Sensor ground
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
47
C
Approximately 0V
1 - 2V
(AC range)
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
Crankshaft position
sensor (OBD)
SEF690W
3 - 4V
(AC range)
[Engine is running]
SEF691W
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E0W
1.
2.
BBIA0418E
EC-1647
2. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
BBIA0182E
Harness for open or short between ECM and crankshaft position sensor (OBD)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (OBD) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 43. Refer to Wiring
Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
Harness for open between crankshaft position sensor (OBD) and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK CKP SENSOR (OBD) SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1648
Harness for open or short between harness connector F38 and ground
EC
J
SEF960N
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace crankshaft position sensor (OBD).
SEF504V
EC-1649
PFP:14950
UBS00E0X
NOTE:
If DTC P1442 is displayed with P1448, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first. (See EC-1667 .)
This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line. The vacuum cut valve bypass
valve will then be opened to clear the line between the fuel tank and the EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve. The EVAP control system pressure sensor can now monitor the pressure inside the fuel tank.
If pressure increases, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the vacuum cut valve and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
LEC086A
EC-1650
P1442
Possible cause
EVAP canister
Water separator
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00E0Y
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E0Z
EC-1651
EC
Description
UBS00E10
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
Throttle position
Vehicle speed
ECM function
Actuator
This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the
ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is
determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor
from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes.
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
SEF337U
UBS00E11
CONDITION
No load
SPECIFICATION
0%
2,000 rpm
EC-1652
P1444
UBS00E12
A
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
EVAP canister
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
EC
UBS00E13
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
L
PBIB1460E
6.
7.
Start engine and let it idle until TESTING on CONSULT-II changes to COMPLETED. (It will take for
approximately 10 seconds.)
If TESTING is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC1656, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
EC-1653
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E14
BBWA1085E
EC-1654
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
OR/B
C
0 - 1.5V
D
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
G
5
R/Y
SEF994U
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
J
SEF995U
67
B/P
72
B/P
117
B/P
Current return
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
EC-1655
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E15
1. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
AEC652A
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF646W
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM relay
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
3. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1656
Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
Check disconnection or improper connection of hose connected to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair it.
1.
I
AEC651A
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Not applied
-26.7 kpa (-200 mmHg, -7.87 inHg)
Voltage V
1.4 - 4.8
CAUTION:
EC-1657
PBIB1426E
SEF985Y
3.
100%
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Yes
No supply
No
EC-1658
SEF661U
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
EC
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A andC are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1659
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-1660
PFP:14935
A
UBS00E16
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
EC
D
SEF032W
H
SEF143S
UBS00E17
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
P1446
OFF
UBS00E18
K
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
Water separator
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
EC-1661
5.
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1662
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E1A
EC
BBWA1086E
EC-1663
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
SEF143S
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
EC-1664
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V
EC
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
SEF596U
Yes or No
Yes
>> GO TO 5.
No
>> GO TO 7.
EC-1665
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
AEC651A
EC-1666
PFP:14935
A
UBS00E1C
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canister and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
SEF032W
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP Control System (Small Leak) diagnosis.
EC
SEF143S
UBS00E1D
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1448
UBS00E1E
Possible cause
Water separator
NOTE:
If DTC P1448 is displayed with P0442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1448 first.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is less than 3/4 full and vehicle is placed on
flat level surface.
EC-1667
1.
2.
3.
4.
COOLAN TEMP/S
INT/A TEMP SE
SEF475Y
5.
Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-II.
Follow the instruction displayed.
PBIB1461E
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, go to
EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
6. Make sure that OK is displayed.
If NG is displayed, go to the following step.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
7. Stop engine and wait at least 5 seconds, then turn ON.
8. Disconnect hose from water separator.
9. Select VENT CONTROL/V of ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
10. Touch ON and OFF alternately.
11. Make sure the following.
Condition
VENT CONTROL/V
ON
No
OFF
Yes
EC-1668
UBS00E1G
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP canister vent control valve circuit. During this
check, a DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
EC
No
No supply
Yes
EC-1669
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E1H
BBWA1086E
EC-1670
WIRE
COLOR
R/G
EC
ITEM
EVAP canister vent control
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
C
UBS00E1I
1.
2.
SEF143S
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
M
PBIB1032E
EC-1671
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
BBIA0309E
EC-1672
SEF379Q
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
EC
D
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
AEC651A
EC-1673
EC-1674
PFP:14710
A
UBS00E1J
This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve, using of vapor pressure in the fuel tank in the same way as conventional EVAP small EC
leak diagnosis.
If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P1456 will be detected.
If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P1442 will be detected.
C
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
D
PBIB1438E
DTC No.
P1456
Evaporative emission
control system very
small leak (positive
pressure check)
EC-1675
Possible cause
Water separator
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used,
the MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
UBS00E1K
CAUTION:
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC confirmation procedure.
NOTE:
If DTC P0456 or P1456 is displayed with P0442 or P1442, perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456
or P1456 first.
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait
at least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
If any of following condition is met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle
for more than 1 hour.
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB0837E
6.
EC-1676
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-II screen, go to A
EC-1255, "Basic Inspection" .
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly.
EC
UBS00E1L
WITH GST
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
CAUTION:
Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system.
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E1M
SEF915U
EC-1677
AEC649A
NOTE:
Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the
EVAP service port may cause leaking.
With CONSULT-II>>GO TO 6.
Without CONSULT-II>>GO TO 7.
SEF916U
EC-1678
With CONSULT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch START and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the
pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
EC
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
E
PEF917U
4.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
I
SEF200U
Without CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The
valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.)
Apply 12 volts DC to vacuum cut valve bypass valve. The valve
will open. (Continue to apply 12V until the end of test.)
Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7
kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and
EVAP service port adapter.
NOTE:
Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2 , 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system.
AEC632A
5.
Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak
detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer
to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Repair or replace.
SEF200U
EC-1679
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
SEF596U
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
EC-1680
13. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
With CONSULT-II
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
Touch Qu on CONSULT-II screen to increase PURG VOL
CONT/V opening to 100%.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to
2,000 rpm.
EC
E
SEF677Y
14. CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Without CONSULT-II
Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
Stop engine.
Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds.
Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1208, "Vacuum Hose Drawing" .
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 16.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 17.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
SEF985Y
EC-1681
AEC652A
Condition
PURG VOL CONT/V value
100 %
Yes
0%
No
SEF660U
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve under the following conditions.
AEC652A
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
SEF661U
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 18.
NG
>> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
EC-1682
A
Remove fuel level sensor unit.
Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit terminals T and E by heating with hot water or heat gun
EC
as shown in the figure.
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
E
PBIB1425E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 19.
NG
>> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected.
Remove hose from EVAP control system pressure sensor.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Use pump to apply vacuum and pressure to EVAP control system pressure sensor as shown in figure.
Check input voltage between ECM terminal 62 and ground.
Applied vacuum
Voltage V
Not applied
1.8 - 4.8
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below 93.3 kPa (700 mmHg, 27.56 inHg)
or over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg) of pressure.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 20.
NG
>> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
PBIB1426E
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection.
Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 21.
NG
>> Repair or reconnect the hose.
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower.
>> GO TO 22.
EC-1683
EC-1684
PFP:25060
A
UBS00E1N
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The
sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to
the ECM.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on
the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
EC
D
SEF800Z
UBS00E1O
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00E1P
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
M
SEF195Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1685
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E1Q
BBWA1093E
EC-1686
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
46
OR/B
66
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
Approximately 0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E1R
1. CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
UBS00E1S
Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-1687
PFP:17372
UBS00E1T
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
SEF186S
PBIB1438E
UBS00E1U
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
Ignition switch: ON
OFF
P1490
UBS00E1V
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The vacuum cut valve bypass valve circuit is open or shorted)
UBS00E1W
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle
speed.
EC-1688
EC
D
SEF058Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1689
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E1X
BBWA1094E
EC-1690
EC
WIRE
COLOR
P/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve bypass
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E1Y
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
3. Touch ON/OFF on CONSULT-II screen.
4. Make sure that clicking sound is heard from the vacuum cut
valve bypass valve.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
1.
2.
J
SEF014Z
EC-1691
SEF186S
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF659W
10A fuse
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and fuse
>> Repair harness or connectors.
5. CHECK VACUUM CUT VALVE BYPASS VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC-1692
Harness for open or short between vacuum cut valve bypass valve and ECM
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
SEF014Z
2.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
I
Air passage continuity between A and B
ON
Yes
OFF
No
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
EC-1693
PBIB1430E
PFP:17372
UBS00E1Z
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve are
installed in parallel on the EVAP purge line between the fuel tank and
the EVAP canister.
The vacuum cut valve prevents the intake manifold vacuum from
being applied to the fuel tank.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve is a solenoid type valve and
generally remains closed. It opens only for on board diagnosis.
The vacuum cut valve bypass valve responds to signals from the
ECM. When the ECM sends an ON (ground) signal, the valve is
opened. The vacuum cut valve is then bypassed to apply intake
manifold vacuum to the fuel tank.
SEF186S
PBIB1438E
UBS00E20
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
OFF
EC-1694
DTC No.
P1491
UBS00E21
A
DTC detecting condition
Possible cause
EC
EVAP canister
F
UBS00E22
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 30C (41 to 86F).
6.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
PBIB1462E
7.
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen. Maintain
the conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 30 seconds.)
CMPSRPM (POS)
Selector lever
Suitable position
Vehicle speed
B/FUEL SCHDL
EC-1695
Make sure that OK is displayed after touching SELF-DIAG RESULTS. If NG is displayed, refer to EC1698, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
UBS00E23
Use this procedure to check the overall function of vacuum cut valve bypass valve. During this check, the 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve
as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from
port B .
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from
port A .
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out
of port A .
Supply battery voltage to the terminal.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B .
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A .
If NG, go to EC-1698, "Diagnostic Procedure" .
SEF530Q
EC-1696
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E24
EC
BBWA1094E
EC-1697
WIRE
COLOR
P/B
ITEM
Vacuum cut valve bypass
valve
CONDITION
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E25
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Remove vacuum cut valve and vacuum cut valve bypass valve as an assembly.
Apply vacuum to port A and check that there is no suction from port B.
Apply vacuum to port B and check that there is suction from port A.
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch ON.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
SEF017Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
EC-1698
4.
EC
E
PBIB0635E
1. Check EVAP purge line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging or disconnection.
2. Check EVAP purge port of fuel tank for clogging.
3. Check EVAP canister. Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG (Step 1)>>Repair it.
NG (Step 2)>>Clean EVAP purge port.
NG (Step 3)>>Replace EVAP canister.
EC-1699
SEF014Z
2.
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.
Condition
VC/V BYPASS/V
ON
Yes
OFF
No
Without CONSULT-II
Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.
Condition
Yes
No supply
No
EC-1700
PBIB1430E
EC
D
SEF379Q
1.
L
AEC651A
EC-1701
ON
No
OFF
Yes
Without CONSULT-II
1. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following condition.
Condition
No
OFF
Yes
EC-1702
BBIA0309E
A
Remove fuel filler cap.
Check air continuity between hose ends A and B.
EC
Blow air into the hose end B. Air should flow freely into the fuel tank.
Blow air into hose end A and check there is no leakage.
Apply pressure to both hose ends A and B [20 kPa (150 mmHg, 5.91 inHg)] using a pressure pump and a
C
suitable 3-way connector. Check that there is no leakage.
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 13.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 14
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-1703
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1704
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
C
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
D
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
E
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level F
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 15.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1705
PFP:23710
UBS00E26
The malfunction information related to A/T (Automatic Transmission) is transferred through the line (circuit)
from TCM (Transmission control module) to ECM. Therefore, be sure to erase the malfunction information
such as DTC not only in TCM (Transmission control module) but also ECM after the A/T related repair.
P1605
UBS00E27
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The communication line circuit between ECM
and TCM (Transmission Control Module) is
open or shorted.]
UBS00E28
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEF985Y
WITH GST
Follow the procedure WITH CONSULT-II above.
EC-1706
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E29
WITHOUT VDC
EC
BBWA1095E
EC-1707
WIRE
COLOR
Y/G
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
[Engine is running]
EC-1708
0 - 3.0V
EC
BBWA1329E
EC-1709
WIRE
COLOR
W/G
ITEM
A/T signal
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
Idle speed
0 - 5.0V
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E2A
WITHOUT VDC
1. CHECK A/T DIAGNOSIS COMMUNICATION LINE INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
LEC106A
3.
Harness for open or short between ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module)
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1710
EC
LEC106A
3.
4.
AEC655A
EC-1711
PFP:32006
UBS00E2B
AEC877A
UBS00E2C
CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SPECIFICATION
ON
Except above
OFF
P1706
UBS00E2D
Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
circuit is open or shorted.]
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 5 seconds before conducting the next test.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
N or P position (A/T)
Neutral position (M/T)
ON
OFF
3.
4.
EC-1712
SEF212Y
ENG SPEED
COOLAN TEMP/S
B/FUEL SCHDL
VHCL SPEED SE
Selector lever
Suitable position
6.
EC
SEF213Y
D
UBS00E2F
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
WITH GST
1.
2.
P or N position (A/T)
Neutral position (M/T)
Approx. 0
Approx. 5
3.
EC-1713
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E2G
BBWA1096E
EC-1714
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Ignition switch: ON]
22
L/B
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
Diagnostic Procedure
D
UBS00E2H
I
AEC877A
Harness for open between park/neutral position (PNP) switch and ground
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
3. CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1715
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
SEF661W
BBIA0421E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
EC-1716
7.5A fuse
EC
8. CHECK PNP RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and park/neutral position (PNP) relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1717
Apply 12V direct current between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between park/neutral position (PNP) relay terminals 3 and 5, 6 and 7.
12V (1 and 2) applied
No voltage applied
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace park/neutral position (PNP) relay.
SEC202B
EC-1718
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Description
PFP:22448
A
UBS00E2I
EC
EC-1719
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E2J
BBWA0496E
EC-1720
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
Approximately 0.7V
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
SEF988U
PU/W
Ignition signal
1.1 - 1.5V
F
[Engine is running]
G
SEF989U
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
H
UBS00E2K
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II.
2. Make sure that all circuits do not produce a momentary engine
speed drop.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF070Y
EC-1721
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
PBIB1431E
SEF988U
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
LEC811
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> GO TO 5.
SEF721U
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and ignition switch
>> Repair harness or connectors.
EC-1722
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
EC
8. CHECK RESISTOR
L
SEF240V
9. CHECK POWER TRANSISTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 1 and power transistor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.
EC-1723
IGNITION SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
7 - 8 (Primary coil)
Approx. 1.0
7 - 9 (secondary coil)
Approx. 10 k
SEF013S
For checking secondary coil, remove distributor cap and measure resistance between coil tower metal tip 9 and terminal 7.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly.
AEC657A
Disconnect camshaft position sensor & power transistor harness connector and ignition coil harness connector.
Check power transistor resistance between terminals 2 and 8.
Terminals
2 and 8
Resistance
Result
Except 0
OK
NG
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 12.
NG
>> Replace distributor assembly.
SEF015S
UBS00E2L
DISTRIBUTOR
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-1724
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
Component Description
PFP:16600
A
UBS00E2M
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the injector circuit, the coil in the injector is
energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows
fuel to flow through the injector into the intake manifold. The amount
of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse
duration is the length of time the injector remains open. The ECM
controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs.
EC
D
SEF812J
UBS00E2N
INJ PULSE-B1
INJ PULSE-B2
B/FUEL SCHDL
CONDITION
No load
No load
SPECIFICATION
Idle
2,000 rpm
Idle
2,000 rpm
EC-1725
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E2O
BBWA0515E
EC-1726
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
WIRE
COLOR
EC
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
102
104
106
109
111
113
W/B
W/R
W/G
W/L
W/PU
W
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
(11 - 14V)
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at
idle
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 6
E
SEF007V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
SEF008V
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E2P
1. INSPECTION START
EC-1727
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
SEF070Y
Without CONSULT-II
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each injector operating sound.
Clicking noise should be heard.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
MEC703B
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0080E
EC-1728
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
10A fuse
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7. CHECK INJECTOR
1.
2.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace injector.
SEF625V
EC-1729
INJECTOR CIRCUIT
[VG33ER]
UBS00E2Q
INJECTOR
Refer to EM-80, "OUTER COMPONENT PARTS" .
EC-1730
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
START SIGNAL
CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode
PFP:48750
A
UBS00E2R
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
EC
OFF ON OFF
EC-1731
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E2S
BBWA1097E
EC-1732
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than the ECM terminals, such as the ground.
TERMINAL
NO.
20
EC
WIRE
COLOR
L/OR
ITEM
CONDITION
Start signal
Approximately 0V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E2T
1. INSPECTION START
1.
2.
With CONSULT-II
Turn ignition switch ON.
Check START SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II under the following conditions.
Condition
START SIGNAL
Ignition switch ON
OFF
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0182E
Without CONSULT-II
Check voltage between ECM terminal 20 and ground under the following conditions.
Condition
Ignition switch START
Other positions
Voltage
Battery voltage
Approx. 0V
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF733U
EC-1733
START SIGNAL
[VG33ER]
5. CHECK FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 7.5A fuse.
3. Check if 7.5A fuse is OK.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace 7.5A fuse.
6. CHECK START SIGNAL INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1734
PFP:17042
A
UBS00E2U
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Sensor
Engine speed
Ignition switch
Start signal
ECM function
Fuel pump
control
EC
Actuator
Fuel pump relay
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a 120 signal from the camshaft position sensor, it knows that the engine is
rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the 120 signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the
engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the
fuel pump.
Condition
Operates
Stops
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
The fuel pump with a fuel damper is an in-tank type (the pump and
damper are located in the fuel tank).
SEF018S
UBS00E2V
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
ON
M
OFF
EC-1735
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E2W
BBWA1098E
EC-1736
EC
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
11
W/R
C
0 - 1V
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E2X
1.
2.
I
BBIA0422E
1.
2.
3.
SEF349V
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF674W
EC-1737
15A fuse
Harness for open or short between fuse and fuel pump relay
>> Repair harness or connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
LEC764
Harness for open or short between fuel pump and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6. CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuel pump relay
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-1738
With CONSULT-II
1. Reconnect fuel pump relay, fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn fuel pump relay ON and OFF in ACTIVE TEST mode
with CONSULT-II and check operating sound.
EC
E
SEF073Y
Without CONSULT-II
Check continuity between fuel pump relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
Continuity
Yes
No current supply
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump relay.
I
SEF511P
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace fuel pump.
SEC316C
UBS00E2Y
FUEL PUMP
Refer to FL-6, "FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY" .
EC-1739
PFP:49761
UBS00E2Z
LEC521
UBS00E30
CONDITION
SPECIFICATION
OFF
ON
EC-1740
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E31
EC
BBWA0500E
EC-1741
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
39
GY/R
[Engine is running]
Diagnostic Procedure
Approximately 0V
Approximately 5V
UBS00E32
1. INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-II
Start engine.
Check PW/ST SIGNAL in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-II.
Condition
PW/ST SIGNAL
OFF
Steering is turned
ON
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
PBIB0304E
Voltage [V]
Approx. 5
Approx. 0
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF739U
EC-1742
4. CHECK POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1.
2.
3.
EC
D
LEC521
Disconnect power steering oil pressure switch harness connector then start engine.
Check continuity between power steering oil pressure switch terminals 1 and 2.
Conditions
Continuity
Yes
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace power steering oil pressure switch.
M
SEC312C
EC-1743
PFP:23781
UBS00E33
When the air conditioner is on, the IACV-FICD solenoid valve supplies additional air to adjust to the increased load.
LEC515
EC-1744
Wiring Diagram
UBS00E34
EC
BBWA1106E
EC-1745
WIRE
COLOR
ITEM
CONDITION
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
0V
[Engine is running]
9
B/Y
Idle speed
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
12
[Engine is running]
Approximately 5V
0 - 1V
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
*: Any mode except OFF, ambient air temperature is above 25C (77F).
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E35
3.
4.
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
EC-1746
EC
LEC515
5.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 4.
SEF680W
Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and A/C relay
EC-1747
Diode-3
Harness for open or short between IACV-FICD solenoid valve and ambient air temperature switch
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
SEF682W
SEF097K
EC-1748
PFP:24814
A
UBS00E36
EC
BBWA1100E
EC-1749
PFP:14950
UBS00E37
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SEF569XA
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
EC-1750
EC
PBIB1463E
EC-1751
AEC886A
EC-1752
Component Inspection
UBS00E38
EVAP CANISTER
Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Pinch the fresh air hose.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B .
EC
D
AEC630A
Tightening Torque
H
BBIA0343E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FULLER CAP)
1.
SEF445Y
2.
Vacuum:
EC-1753
SEF943S
Blow air in port B and check that there is a resistance to flow out of port A.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select VC/V BYPASS/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II and touch ON.
Blow air in port A and check that air flows freely out of port B.
Blow air in port B and check that air flows freely out of port A.
SEF017Z
Without CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
PBIB1428E
Start engine.
Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with
CONSULT-II. Check that engine speed varies according to the
valve opening.
If OK, inspection end. If NG, go to following step.
SEF985Y
3.
EC-1754
100.0%
Yes
0.0%
No
EC
Without CONSULT-II
1.
Yes
No supply
No
2.
SEF661U
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
PBIB1425E
SEF462UA
UBS00E39
CAUTION:
EC-1755
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-II
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter.
Turn ignition switch ON.
Select the EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT
MODE with CONSULT-II.
Touch START. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
PEF838U
6.
7.
PEF917U
8.
Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1751, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING" .
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-II
1.
2.
Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port.
Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP
service port adapter.
SEF462UA
EC-1756
4.
5.
6.
EC
C
AEC632A
EC-1757
PFP:00032
UBS00E3A
SEF206VA
From the beginning of refueling, the fuel tank pressure goes up. When the pressure reaches the setting value
of the refueling control valve (RCV) opening pressure, the RCV is opened. After RCV opens, the air and vapor
inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve, RCV and refueling vapor line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
The RCV is always closed during driving and the evaporative emission control system is operated the same
as conventional system.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-1227, "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE" .
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
EC-1758
Diagnostic Procedure
UBS00E3B
1.
2.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
>> GO TO 4.
J
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
PBIB1032E
EC-1759
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1760
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
C
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
D
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
E
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level F
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
L
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1761
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK
>> INSPECTION END.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG
WHILE REFUELING.
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached.
The weight should be less than 1.8 kg (4.0 lb).
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
SEF596U
EC-1762
>> GO TO 4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Check visually for insect nests in the water separator air inlet.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance.
Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose.
Check that A and C are not clogged by blowing air into B with
A , and then C plugged.
5. In case of NG in items 2 - 4, replace the parts.
NOTE:
G
PBIB1032E
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and water separator for clogging or poor connection.
I
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kink, looseness and
improper connection.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
EC-1763
SEF706Z
OK or NG
OK (With CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 9.
OK (Without CONSULT-II)>>GO TO 10.
NG
>> Replace refueling control valve with fuel tank.
EC-1764
3.
4.
With CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
EC
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel level sensor unit retainer where the hose was removed and C
the other side to a fuel container.
Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-II.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
D
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
E
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
F
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
G
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1765
3.
4.
Without CONSULT-II
Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-3, "FUEL TANK" .
Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer.
Drain fuel from the tank using a hand pump into a fuel container.
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from hose end B), and check that the air flows freely into
the tank.
Check EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
Connect vacuum pump to hose ends A and B using a suitable 3-way connector.
Remove fuel level sensor unit retainer with fuel level sensor unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
Put fuel tank upside down.
Apply vacuum pressure to both hose ends A and B [13.3 kPa (100 mmHg, 3.94 inHg)] with fuel level
sensor unit retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
SEF707Z
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 11.
NG
>> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
EC-1766
1.
2.
3.
EC
E
SEF665U
EC-1767
PFP:11810
UBS00E3C
SEC481D
SEC297C
Component Inspection
UBS00E3D
SEC137A
S-ET277
EC-1768
PFP:00030
A
UBS00E3E
Air conditioner: ON
Ignition
timing*3
EC
UBS00E3F
A/T
M/T
A/T
M/T
A/T
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
A/T
In P or N position
M/T
In Neutral position
70050 rpm
75050 rpm
E
850 rpm or more
105 BTDC
0.15 - 0.85V
*1: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected or using CONSULT-II WORK SUPPORT mode
*2: Throttle position sensor harness connector connected
*3: Throttle position sensor harness connector disconnected
*4: Under the following conditions:
Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
Ignition Coil
UBS00E3G
Primary voltage
12V
Approximately 1.0
Approximately 10 k
K
UBS00E3H
Supply voltage
1.0 - 1.7*V
3.3 - 4.8 gm/sec at idle*
12.0 - 14.9 gm/sec at 2,500 rpm*
UBS00E3I
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
50 (122)
0.68 - 1.00
90 (194)
0.236 - 0.260
UBS00E3J
2.3 - 4.3
Fuel Pump
UBS00E3K
0.2 - 5.0
EC-1769
IACV-AAC Valve
UBS00E3L
Approximately 10.0
Injector
UBS00E3M
10.4 - 15.3
UBS00E3N
Completely closed
0.15 - 0.85V
Completely open
3.5 - 4.7V
UBS00E3O
18.0 - 26.0
At 2,500 rpm
18.0 - 21.0
UBS00E3P
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.1 - 2.9
80 (176)
0.27 - 0.38
UBS00E3Q
2.3 - 4.3
UBS00E3R
512 - 632
UBS00E3S
Temperature C (F)
Resistance k
20 (68)
2.3 - 2.7
50 (122)
0.79 - 0.90
EC-1770